From 8f8a9f01909ba29e2b781310baeeaaddc3f15f0d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Gerald W. Carter" Date: Tue, 22 Apr 2008 10:09:40 -0500 Subject: Moving docs tree to docs-xml to make room for generated docs in the release tarball. (This used to be commit 9f672c26d63955f613088489c6efbdc08b5b2d14) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml | 69 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/comment.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/configbackend.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/displaycharset.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/doscharset.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml | 55 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosaliases.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosname.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosscope.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/path.xml | 31 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/realm.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverstring.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/unixcharset.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/workgroup.xml | 15 ++ .../smbdotconf/browse/administrative_share.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browseable.xml | 11 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browselist.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/domainmaster.xml | 42 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/enhancedbrowsing.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lmannounce.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lminterval.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/localmaster.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/preferredmaster.xml | 29 +++ .../smbdotconf/domain/machinepasswordtimeout.xml | 23 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/casesensitive.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/defaultcase.xml | 9 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/deletevetofiles.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidedotfiles.xml | 10 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidefiles.xml | 46 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidespecialfiles.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunreadable.xml | 10 + .../smbdotconf/filename/hideunwriteablefiles.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangledmap.xml | 33 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglednames.xml | 58 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangleprefix.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingchar.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingmethod.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maparchive.xml | 23 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maphidden.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml | 43 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapsystem.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/preservecase.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/shortpreservecase.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/statcache.xml | 13 ++ .../smbdotconf/filename/storedosattributes.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetofiles.xml | 52 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetooplockfiles.xml | 32 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-context.xsl | 49 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh | 19 ++ .../smbdotconf/ldap/clientldapsaslwrapping.xml | 44 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapadmindn.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapdeletedn.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapgroupsuffix.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapidmapsuffix.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmachinesuffix.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappasswdsync.xml | 38 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapreplicationsleep.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml | 93 ++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsamtrusted.xml | 30 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapssl.xml | 38 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsuffix.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapusersuffix.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/blockinglocks.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/cscpolicy.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/fakeoplocks.xml | 30 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kerneloplocks.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/level2oplocks.xml | 40 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/locking.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspincount.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspintime.xml | 15 ++ .../smbdotconf/locking/oplockbreakwaittime.xml | 18 ++ .../smbdotconf/locking/oplockcontentionlimit.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplocks.xml | 31 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/posixlocking.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/sharemodes.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/strictlocking.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugclass.xml | 18 ++ .../smbdotconf/logging/debughirestimestamp.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugpid.xml | 19 ++ .../smbdotconf/logging/debugprefixtimestamp.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugtimestamp.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debuguid.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebuglevel.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebugthreshold.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logfile.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/loglevel.xml | 45 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/maxlogsize.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslog.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslogonly.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/abortshutdownscript.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addgroupscript.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addmachinescript.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/adduserscript.xml | 55 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addusertogroupscript.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deletegroupscript.xml | 15 ++ .../smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserfromgroupscript.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserscript.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/domainlogons.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/enableprivileges.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logondrive.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonhome.xml | 57 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonpath.xml | 70 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonscript.xml | 51 +++++ .../smbdotconf/logon/setprimarygroupscript.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/shutdownscript.xml | 60 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/addsharecommand.xml | 68 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsshare.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsusernamemap.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/available.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changenotify.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changesharecommand.xml | 70 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/configfile.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/copy.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/defaultservice.xml | 30 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletereadonly.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletesharecommand.xml | 50 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecachetime.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecommand.xml | 60 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dmapisupport.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dontdescend.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimeresolution.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimes.xml | 22 ++ .../smbdotconf/misc/fakedirectorycreatetimes.xml | 34 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/followsymlinks.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fstype.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/homedirmap.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/kernelchangenotify.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/lockdirectory.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicoutput.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicscript.xml | 30 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/messagecommand.xml | 79 +++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/nishomedir.xml | 33 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/panicaction.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/piddirectory.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/postexec.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexec.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexecclose.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preload.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/registryshares.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remoteannounce.xml | 42 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remotebrowsesync.xml | 50 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/resetonzerovc.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpostexec.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexec.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexecclose.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/setdirectory.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/socketaddress.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/timeoffset.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareallowguests.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharemaxshares.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareowneronly.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharepath.xml | 33 +++ .../smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixallowlist.xml | 24 ++ .../smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixdenylist.xml | 25 +++ .../smbdotconf/misc/usersharetemplateshare.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmp.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmpdirectory.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/valid.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volume.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/widelinks.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/wtmpdirectory.xml | 23 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addportcommand.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml | 62 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsoptions.xml | 35 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsserver.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/defaultdevmode.xml | 38 ++++ .../smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml | 36 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/disablespoolss.xml | 23 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enumportscommand.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/forceprintername.xml | 39 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/iprintserver.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/loadprinters.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lppausecommand.xml | 39 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcachetime.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcommand.xml | 42 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpresumecommand.xml | 38 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lprmcommand.xml | 36 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxprintjobs.xml | 16 ++ .../smbdotconf/printing/maxreportedprintjobs.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/os2drivermap.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printable.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapcachetime.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml | 55 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcommand.xml | 88 ++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printername.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printing.xml | 36 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printjobusername.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queuepausecommand.xml | 28 +++ .../smbdotconf/printing/queueresumecommand.xml | 31 +++ .../smbdotconf/printing/showaddprinterwizard.xml | 36 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/useclientdriver.xml | 40 ++++ .../smbdotconf/protocol/aclcheckpermissions.xml | 30 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclmapfullcontrol.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/announceas.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/announceversion.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientusespnego.xml | 15 ++ .../smbdotconf/protocol/defersharingviolations.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/disablenetbios.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/easupport.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/enableasusupport.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/eventloglist.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/largereadwrite.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/mapaclinherit.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxmux.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxprotocol.xml | 48 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxttl.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxwinsttl.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxxmit.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minprotocol.xml | 22 ++ .../smbdotconf/protocol/minreceivefilesize.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minwinsttl.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nameresolveorder.xml | 70 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntaclsupport.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntpipesupport.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntstatussupport.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/profileacls.xml | 41 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/readraw.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smbports.xml | 11 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/svcctllist.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/timeserver.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/unixextensions.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/usespnego.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/writeraw.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml | 43 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/adminusers.xml | 21 ++ .../smbdotconf/security/algorithmicridbase.xml | 27 +++ .../smbdotconf/security/allowtrusteddomains.xml | 26 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/authmethods.xml | 34 +++ .../smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientlanmanauth.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientntlmv2auth.xml | 32 +++ .../smbdotconf/security/clientplaintextauth.xml | 12 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientschannel.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsigning.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/createmask.xml | 43 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorymask.xml | 38 ++++ .../smbdotconf/security/directorysecuritymask.xml | 39 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/encryptpasswords.xml | 40 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml | 25 +++ .../smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorymode.xml | 25 +++ .../security/forcedirectorysecuritymode.xml | 43 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcegroup.xml | 39 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcesecuritymode.xml | 41 ++++ .../smbdotconf/security/forceunknownacluser.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceuser.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestaccount.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestok.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestonly.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsallow.xml | 63 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsdeny.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritacls.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritowner.xml | 21 ++ .../smbdotconf/security/inheritpermissions.xml | 35 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/invalidusers.xml | 34 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lanmanauth.xml | 33 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/maptoguest.xml | 76 +++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nullpasswords.xml | 14 ++ .../smbdotconf/security/obeypamrestrictions.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/onlyuser.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/pampasswordchange.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbbackend.xml | 64 ++++++ .../smbdotconf/security/passdbexpandexplicit.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml | 60 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchatdebug.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchattimeout.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdprogram.xml | 37 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordlevel.xml | 48 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml | 99 ++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/preloadmodules.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/printeradmin.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/privatedir.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readlist.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readonly.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/renameuserscript.xml | 33 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/restrictanonymous.xml | 38 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rootdirectory.xml | 35 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/security.xml | 250 +++++++++++++++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/securitymask.xml | 39 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverschannel.xml | 23 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversigning.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbencrypt.xml | 45 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbpasswdfile.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/updateencrypted.xml | 34 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usekerberoskeytab.xml | 23 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/username.xml | 65 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamelevel.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemap.xml | 130 +++++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemapscript.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/validusers.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writeable.xml | 9 + docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writelist.xml | 29 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aioreadsize.xml | 22 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritesize.xml | 22 ++ .../smbdotconf/tuning/allocationroundupsize.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/blocksize.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/deadtime.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/getwdcache.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/hostnamelookups.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/keepalive.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxconnections.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxdisksize.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxopenfiles.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxsmbdprocesses.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/minprintspace.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/namecachetimeout.xml | 15 ++ .../smbdotconf/tuning/paranoidserversecurity.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/socketoptions.xml | 75 +++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictallocate.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictsync.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/syncalways.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usemmap.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usesendfile.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/writecachesize.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/aclcompatibility.xml | 17 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml | 55 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/hostmsdfs.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsproxy.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsroot.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/setquotacommand.xml | 44 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/vfsobjects.xml | 15 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocbackend.xml | 25 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocconfig.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml | 28 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml | 65 ++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapdomains.xml | 27 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml | 21 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/idmapnegativecachetime.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templatehomedir.xml | 18 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templateshell.xml | 14 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindcachetime.xml | 21 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumgroups.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumusers.xml | 23 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindexpandgroups.xml | 24 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnestedgroups.xml | 17 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnormalizenames.xml | 20 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnssinfo.xml | 40 ++++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindofflinelogon.xml | 18 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrefreshtickets.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrpconly.xml | 16 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindseparator.xml | 21 ++ .../winbind/winbindtrusteddomainsonly.xml | 24 ++ .../smbdotconf/winbind/winbindusedefaultdomain.xml | 19 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/dnsproxy.xml | 24 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winshook.xml | 58 +++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsproxy.xml | 13 ++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsserver.xml | 34 +++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winssupport.xml | 16 ++ 356 files changed, 9748 insertions(+) create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/comment.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/configbackend.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/displaycharset.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/doscharset.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosaliases.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosname.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosscope.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/path.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/realm.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverstring.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/unixcharset.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/workgroup.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/administrative_share.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browseable.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browselist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/domainmaster.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/enhancedbrowsing.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lmannounce.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lminterval.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/localmaster.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/preferredmaster.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/machinepasswordtimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/casesensitive.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/defaultcase.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/deletevetofiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidedotfiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidefiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidespecialfiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunreadable.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunwriteablefiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangledmap.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglednames.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangleprefix.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingchar.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingmethod.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maparchive.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maphidden.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapsystem.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/preservecase.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/shortpreservecase.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/statcache.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/storedosattributes.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetofiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetooplockfiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-context.xsl create mode 100755 docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/clientldapsaslwrapping.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapadmindn.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapdeletedn.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapgroupsuffix.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapidmapsuffix.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmachinesuffix.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappasswdsync.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapreplicationsleep.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsamtrusted.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapssl.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsuffix.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapusersuffix.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/blockinglocks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/cscpolicy.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/fakeoplocks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kerneloplocks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/level2oplocks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/locking.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspincount.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspintime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplockbreakwaittime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplockcontentionlimit.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplocks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/posixlocking.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/sharemodes.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/strictlocking.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugclass.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debughirestimestamp.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugpid.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugprefixtimestamp.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugtimestamp.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debuguid.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebuglevel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebugthreshold.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logfile.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/loglevel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/maxlogsize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslog.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslogonly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/abortshutdownscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addgroupscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addmachinescript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/adduserscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addusertogroupscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deletegroupscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserfromgroupscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/domainlogons.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/enableprivileges.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logondrive.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonhome.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonpath.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/setprimarygroupscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/shutdownscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/addsharecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsshare.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsusernamemap.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/available.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changenotify.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changesharecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/configfile.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/copy.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/defaultservice.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletereadonly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletesharecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecachetime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dmapisupport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dontdescend.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimeresolution.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimes.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fakedirectorycreatetimes.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/followsymlinks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fstype.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/homedirmap.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/kernelchangenotify.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/lockdirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicoutput.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/messagecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/nishomedir.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/panicaction.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/piddirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/postexec.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexec.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexecclose.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preload.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/registryshares.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remoteannounce.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remotebrowsesync.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/resetonzerovc.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpostexec.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexec.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexecclose.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/setdirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/socketaddress.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/timeoffset.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareallowguests.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharemaxshares.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareowneronly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharepath.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixallowlist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixdenylist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharetemplateshare.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmp.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmpdirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/valid.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volume.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/widelinks.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/wtmpdirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addportcommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsoptions.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsserver.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/defaultdevmode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/disablespoolss.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enumportscommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/forceprintername.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/iprintserver.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/loadprinters.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lppausecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcachetime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpresumecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lprmcommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxprintjobs.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxreportedprintjobs.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/os2drivermap.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printable.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapcachetime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printername.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printing.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printjobusername.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queuepausecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queueresumecommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/showaddprinterwizard.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/useclientdriver.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclcheckpermissions.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclmapfullcontrol.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/announceas.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/announceversion.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientusespnego.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/defersharingviolations.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/disablenetbios.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/easupport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/enableasusupport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/eventloglist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/largereadwrite.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/mapaclinherit.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxmux.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxprotocol.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxttl.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxwinsttl.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxxmit.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minprotocol.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minreceivefilesize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minwinsttl.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nameresolveorder.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntaclsupport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntpipesupport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntstatussupport.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/profileacls.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/readraw.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smbports.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/svcctllist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/timeserver.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/unixextensions.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/usespnego.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/writeraw.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/adminusers.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/algorithmicridbase.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/allowtrusteddomains.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/authmethods.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientlanmanauth.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientntlmv2auth.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientplaintextauth.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientschannel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsigning.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/createmask.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorymask.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorysecuritymask.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/encryptpasswords.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorymode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorysecuritymode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcegroup.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcesecuritymode.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceunknownacluser.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceuser.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestaccount.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestok.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestonly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsallow.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsdeny.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritacls.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritowner.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritpermissions.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/invalidusers.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lanmanauth.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/maptoguest.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nullpasswords.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/obeypamrestrictions.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/onlyuser.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/pampasswordchange.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbbackend.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbexpandexplicit.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchatdebug.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchattimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdprogram.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordlevel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/preloadmodules.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/printeradmin.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/privatedir.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readlist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readonly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/renameuserscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/restrictanonymous.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rootdirectory.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/security.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/securitymask.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverschannel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversigning.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbencrypt.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbpasswdfile.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/updateencrypted.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usekerberoskeytab.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/username.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamelevel.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemap.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemapscript.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/validusers.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writeable.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writelist.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aioreadsize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritesize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/allocationroundupsize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/blocksize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/deadtime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/getwdcache.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/hostnamelookups.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/keepalive.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxconnections.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxdisksize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxopenfiles.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxsmbdprocesses.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/minprintspace.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/namecachetimeout.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/paranoidserversecurity.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/socketoptions.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictallocate.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictsync.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/syncalways.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usemmap.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usesendfile.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/writecachesize.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/aclcompatibility.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/hostmsdfs.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsproxy.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsroot.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/setquotacommand.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/vfsobjects.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocbackend.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocconfig.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapdomains.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapnegativecachetime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templatehomedir.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templateshell.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindcachetime.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumgroups.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumusers.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindexpandgroups.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnestedgroups.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnormalizenames.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnssinfo.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindofflinelogon.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrefreshtickets.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrpconly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindseparator.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindtrusteddomainsonly.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindusedefaultdomain.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/dnsproxy.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winshook.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsproxy.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsserver.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winssupport.xml (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bccac4a0da --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + This global parameter allows the Samba admin + to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. It + affects file service smbd + 8 and name service nmbd + 8 in a slightly different ways. + + + For name service it causes nmbd to bind to ports 137 and 138 on the + interfaces listed in the parameter. nmbd + also binds to the "all addresses" interface (0.0.0.0) on ports 137 and 138 for the purposes of + reading broadcast messages. If this option is not set then nmbd will + service name requests on all of these sockets. If is set then + nmbd will check the source address of any packets coming in on the + broadcast sockets and discard any that don't match the broadcast addresses of the interfaces in the + parameter list. As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it + allows nmbd to refuse to serve names to machines that send packets that + arrive through any interfaces not listed in the list. IP Source address + spoofing does defeat this simple check, however, so it must not be used seriously as a security feature for + nmbd. + + + + For file service it causes smbd + 8 to bind only to the interface list given in the parameter. This restricts the networks that smbd will + serve to packets coming in those interfaces. Note that you should not use this parameter for machines that + are serving PPP or other intermittent or non-broadcast network interfaces as it will not cope with + non-permanent interfaces. + + + + If is set then unless the network address + 127.0.0.1 is added to the parameter list + smbpasswd 8 and + swat 8 may not work as + expected due to the reasons covered below. + + + + To change a users SMB password, the smbpasswd by default connects to the + localhost - 127.0.0.1 address as an SMB client to issue the password change request. If + is set then unless the network address + 127.0.0.1 is added to the parameter list then smbpasswd will fail to connect in it's default mode. smbpasswd can be forced to use the primary IP interface of the local host by using + its smbpasswd 8 -r remote machine parameter, with remote + machine set to the IP name of the primary interface of the local host. + + + + The swat status page tries to connect with smbd and nmbd at the address + 127.0.0.1 to determine if they are running. Not adding 127.0.0.1 + will cause smbd and nmbd to always show + "not running" even if they really are. This can prevent swat + from starting/stopping/restarting smbd and nmbd. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/comment.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/comment.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce3b574ddf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/comment.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This is a text field that is seen next to a share + when a client does a queries the server, either via the network + neighborhood or via net view to list what shares + are available. + + If you want to set the string that is displayed next to the + machine name then see the parameter. + + +No comment +Fred's Files + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/configbackend.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/configbackend.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f9da134555 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/configbackend.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + This controls the backend for storing the configuration. + Possible values are file (the default) + and registry. + When registry + is encountered while loading smb.conf, + the configuration read so far is dropped and the global + options are read from registry instead. So this triggers a + registry only configuration. Share definitions are not read + immediately but instead registry + shares is set to yes. + + + Note: This option can not be set inside the registry + configuration itself. + + +file +registry + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/displaycharset.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/displaycharset.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5bace5b6b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/displaycharset.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + + Specifies the charset that samba will use to print messages to stdout and stderr. + The default value is "LOCALE", which means automatically set, depending on the + current locale. The value should generally be the same as the value of the parameter + . + + + +"LOCALE" or "ASCII" (depending on the system) +UTF8 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/doscharset.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/doscharset.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4b5872ce38 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/doscharset.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + DOS SMB clients assume the server has + the same charset as they do. This option specifies which + charset Samba should talk to DOS clients. + + + The default depends on which charsets you have installed. + Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in + case it is not available. Run testparm + 1 to check the default on your system. + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b13200ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + This option allows you to override the default + network interfaces list that Samba will use for browsing, name + registration and other NBT traffic. By default Samba will query + the kernel for the list of all active interfaces and use any + interfaces except 127.0.0.1 that are broadcast capable. + + The option takes a list of interface strings. Each string + can be in any of the following forms: + + + a network interface name (such as eth0). + This may include shell-like wildcards so eth* will match + any interface starting with the substring "eth" + + an IP address. In this case the netmask is + determined from the list of interfaces obtained from the + kernel + + an IP/mask pair. + + a broadcast/mask pair. + + + The "mask" parameters can either be a bit length (such + as 24 for a C class network) or a full netmask in dotted + decimal form. + + The "IP" parameters above can either be a full dotted + decimal IP address or a hostname which will be looked up via + the OS's normal hostname resolution mechanisms. + + + By default Samba enables all active interfaces that are broadcast capable + except the loopback adaptor (IP address 127.0.0.1). + + + + The example below configures three network interfaces corresponding + to the eth0 device and IP addresses 192.168.2.10 and 192.168.3.10. + The netmasks of the latter two interfaces would be set to 255.255.255.0. + + + +bind interfaces only + +eth0 192.168.2.10/24 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0 + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosaliases.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosaliases.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d58fc2397 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosaliases.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will + advertise as additional names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine + to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is acting as a browse server + or logon server none of these names will be advertised as either browse server or logon + servers, only the primary name of the machine will be advertised with these capabilities. + + +netbios name +empty string (no additional names) +TEST TEST1 TEST2 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosname.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosname.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3e00bf16b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosname.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + + This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default it is the same as the first component + of the host's DNS name. If a machine is a browse server or logon server this name (or the first component of + the hosts DNS name) will be the name that these services are advertised under. + + + + There is a bug in Samba-3 that breaks operation of browsing and access to shares if the netbios name + is set to the literal name PIPE. To avoid this problem, do not name your Samba-3 + server PIPE. + + + +netbios aliases +machine DNS name +MYNAME + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosscope.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosscope.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..253d0b5a16 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/netbiosscope.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will + operate under. This should not be set unless every machine + on your LAN also sets this value. + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/path.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/path.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7828e62441 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/path.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + +directory + + This parameter specifies a directory to which + the user of the service is to be given access. In the case of + printable services, this is where print data will spool prior to + being submitted to the host for printing. + + For a printable service offering guest access, the service + should be readonly and the path should be world-writeable and + have the sticky bit set. This is not mandatory of course, but + you probably won't get the results you expect if you do + otherwise. + + Any occurrences of %u in the path + will be replaced with the UNIX username that the client is using + on this connection. Any occurrences of %m + will be replaced by the NetBIOS name of the machine they are + connecting from. These replacements are very useful for setting + up pseudo home directories for users. + +Note that this path will be based on + if one was specified. + + + + /home/fred + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/realm.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/realm.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..98c7e285e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/realm.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is + used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4 domain. It + is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server. + + + + +mysambabox.mycompany.com + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverstring.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverstring.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..275e31ac49 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/serverstring.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print + manager and next to the IPC connection in net view. It + can be any string that you wish to show to your users. + + It also sets what will appear in browse lists next + to the machine name. + + A %v will be replaced with the Samba + version number. + + A %h will be replaced with the + hostname. + +Samba %v +University of GNUs Samba Server + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/unixcharset.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/unixcharset.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c4032c2ea2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/unixcharset.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + Specifies the charset the unix machine + Samba runs on uses. Samba needs to know this in order to be able to + convert text to the charsets other SMB clients use. + + + This is also the charset Samba will use when specifying arguments + to scripts that it invokes. + + + +UTF8 +ASCII + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/workgroup.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/workgroup.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d62c3d5e12 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/workgroup.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This controls what workgroup your server will + appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter + also controls the Domain name used with + the domain + setting. + +WORKGROUP +MYGROUP + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/administrative_share.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/administrative_share.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95db5f1c85 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/administrative_share.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + If this parameter is set to yes for + a share, then the share will be an administrative share. The Administrative + Shares are the default network shares created by all Windows NT-based + operating systems. These are shares like C$, D$ or ADMIN$. The type of these + shares is STYPE_DISKTREE_HIDDEN. + + See the section below on for more + information about this option. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browseable.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browseable.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e58e1912e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browseable.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + +browsable + + This controls whether this share is seen in + the list of available shares in a net view and in the browse list. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browselist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browselist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd858b7faf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/browselist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This controls whether smbd + 8 will serve a browse list to + a client doing a NetServerEnum call. Normally + set to yes. You should never need to change + this. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/domainmaster.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/domainmaster.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eee53d6646 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/domainmaster.xml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + Tell smbd 8 to enable + WAN-wide browse list collation. Setting this option causes nmbd to claim a + special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given + . Local master browsers in the same on + broadcast-isolated subnets will give this nmbd their local browse lists, + and then ask smbd 8 for a + complete copy of the browse list for the whole wide area network. Browser clients will then contact their + local master browser, and will receive the domain-wide browse list, instead of just the list for their + broadcast-isolated subnet. + + + + Note that Windows NT Primary Domain Controllers expect to be able to claim this specific special NetBIOS name that identifies them as domain master browsers for that + by default (i.e. there is no way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting + to do this). This means that if this parameter is set and nmbd claims the + special name for a before a Windows NT PDC is able to do so then cross + subnet browsing will behave strangely and may fail. + + + + If yes, then the default behavior is to enable the + parameter. If is not enabled (the + default setting), then neither will be enabled by default. + + + + When Yes the default setting for this parameter is + Yes, with the result that Samba will be a PDC. If No, + Samba will function as a BDC. In general, this parameter should be set to 'No' only on a BDC. + + + +auto + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/enhancedbrowsing.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/enhancedbrowsing.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..13f2cd6446 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/enhancedbrowsing.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + This option enables a couple of enhancements to + cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba + but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations. + + + The first enhancement to browse propagation consists of a regular + wildcard query to a Samba WINS server for all Domain Master Browsers, + followed by a browse synchronization with each of the returned + DMBs. The second enhancement consists of a regular randomised browse + synchronization with all currently known DMBs. + + You may wish to disable this option if you have a problem with empty + workgroups not disappearing from browse lists. Due to the restrictions + of the browse protocols these enhancements can cause a empty workgroup + to stay around forever which can be annoying. + + In general you should leave this option enabled as it makes + cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lmannounce.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lmannounce.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..92365d8e50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lmannounce.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + This parameter determines if nmbd + 8 will produce Lanman announce + broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to see + the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three + values, yes, no, or + auto. The default is auto. + If set to no Samba will never produce these + broadcasts. If set to yes Samba will produce + Lanman announce broadcasts at a frequency set by the parameter + . If set to auto + Samba will not send Lanman announce broadcasts by default but will + listen for them. If it hears such a broadcast on the wire it will + then start sending them at a frequency set by the parameter + . + + +lm interval +auto +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lminterval.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lminterval.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f38165147 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/lminterval.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce + broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the + parameter) then this + parameter defines the frequency in seconds with which they will be + made. If this is set to zero then no Lanman announcements will be + made despite the setting of the + parameter. + +lm announce +60 +120 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/localmaster.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/localmaster.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..47c7e561a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/localmaster.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This option allows nmbd + 8 to try and become a local master browser + on a subnet. If set to no then + nmbd will not attempt to become a local master browser + on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections. By + default this value is set to yes. Setting this value to + yes doesn't mean that Samba will become the + local master browser on a subnet, just that nmbd + will participate in elections for local master browser. + + Setting this value to no will cause nmbd never to become a local +master browser. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7556a83051 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + This integer value controls what level Samba advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this + parameter determines whether nmbd + 8 has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the in the local broadcast area. + + + + Note: By default, Samba will win a local master browsing election over all Microsoft operating + systems except a Windows NT 4.0/2000 Domain Controller. This means that a misconfigured Samba host can + effectively isolate a subnet for browsing purposes. This parameter is largely auto-configured in the Samba-3 + release series and it is seldom necessary to manually override the default setting. Please refer to + chapter 9 of the Samba-3 HOWTO document for further information regarding the use of this parameter. + Note: The maximum value for this parameter is 255. If you use higher values, counting + will start at 0! + + +20 +65 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/preferredmaster.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/preferredmaster.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..edddae8ce7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/preferredmaster.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + +prefered master + + + This boolean parameter controls if nmbd + 8 is a preferred master browser for its workgroup. + + + + If this is set to yes, on startup, nmbd will force + an election, and it will have a slight advantage in winning the election. It is recommended that this + parameter is used in conjunction with yes, so that + nmbd can guarantee becoming a domain master. + + + + Use this option with caution, because if there are several hosts (whether Samba servers, Windows 95 or NT) + that are preferred master browsers on the same subnet, they will each periodically and continuously attempt + to become the local master browser. This will result in unnecessary broadcast traffic and reduced browsing + capabilities. + + +os level +auto + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/machinepasswordtimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/machinepasswordtimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8e312ba36 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/domain/machinepasswordtimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + + If a Samba server is a member of a Windows NT Domain (see the domain parameter) then periodically a running smbd process will try and change + the MACHINE ACCOUNT PASSWORD stored in the TDB called private/secrets.tdb + . This parameter specifies how often this password will be changed, in seconds. The default is one + week (expressed in seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server. + + + + See also smbpasswd 8, + and the domain parameter. + + + +604800 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/casesensitive.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/casesensitive.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ed770501cd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/casesensitive.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + +casesignames + + + See the discussion in the section . + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/defaultcase.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/defaultcase.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1efb37c8b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/defaultcase.xml @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ + + + See the section on . + Also note the parameter. + +lower + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/deletevetofiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/deletevetofiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..31138aa8e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/deletevetofiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + This option is used when Samba is attempting to + delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories + (see the + option). If this option is set to no (the default) then if a vetoed + directory contains any non-vetoed files or directories then the + directory delete will fail. This is usually what you want. + + If this option is set to yes, then Samba + will attempt to recursively delete any files and directories within + the vetoed directory. This can be useful for integration with file + serving systems such as NetAtalk which create meta-files within + directories you might normally veto DOS/Windows users from seeing + (e.g. .AppleDouble) + + Setting yes allows these + directories to be transparently deleted when the parent directory + is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so). + +veto files +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidedotfiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidedotfiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9f31f2cd5d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidedotfiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + + + This is a boolean parameter that controls whether + files starting with a dot appear as hidden files. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidefiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidefiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0b475053ee --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidefiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ + + + This is a list of files or directories that are not + visible but are accessible. The DOS 'hidden' attribute is applied + to any files or directories that match. + + Each entry in the list must be separated by a '/', + which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*' + and '?' can be used to specify multiple files or directories + as in DOS wildcards. + + Each entry must be a Unix path, not a DOS path and must + not include the Unix directory separator '/'. + + Note that the case sensitivity option is applicable + in hiding files. + + Setting this parameter will affect the performance of Samba, + as it will be forced to check all files and directories for a match + as they are scanned. + + + The example shown above is based on files that the Macintosh + SMB client (DAVE) available from + Thursby creates for internal use, and also still hides + all files beginning with a dot. + + + + An example of us of this parameter is: + +hide files = /.*/DesktopFolderDB/TrashFor%m/resource.frk/ + + + + +hide dot files +veto files +case sensitive + +no file are hidden + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidespecialfiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidespecialfiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea2b68a66c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hidespecialfiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + + This parameter prevents clients from seeing special files such as sockets, devices and + fifo's in directory listings. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunreadable.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunreadable.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c2c1654c1c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunreadable.xml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + + + This parameter prevents clients from seeing the + existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunwriteablefiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunwriteablefiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..831e8c69c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/hideunwriteablefiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + + This parameter prevents clients from seeing the existance of files that cannot be written to. + Defaults to off. Note that unwriteable directories are shown as usual. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangledmap.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangledmap.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b4be3a80d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangledmap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + + + + This is for those who want to directly map UNIX file names which cannot be represented on + Windows/DOS. The mangling of names is not always what is needed. In particular you may have + documents with file extensions that differ between DOS and UNIX. + For example, under UNIX it is common to use .html + for HTML files, whereas under Windows/DOS .htm + is more commonly used. + + + + So to map html to htm + you would use: + + + + (*.html *.htm). + + + + One very useful case is to remove the annoying ;1 off + the ends of filenames on some CDROMs (only visible under some UNIXes). To do this use a map of + (*;1 *;). + + + +no mangled map +(*;1 *;) + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglednames.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglednames.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90bbc58667 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglednames.xml @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ + + + This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX + should be mapped to DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible, + or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored. + + See the section on for + details on how to control the mangling process. + + If mangling is used then the mangling algorithm is as follows: + + + + The first (up to) five alphanumeric characters + before the rightmost dot of the filename are preserved, forced + to upper case, and appear as the first (up to) five characters + of the mangled name. + + + + A tilde "~" is appended to the first part of the mangled + name, followed by a two-character unique sequence, based on the + original root name (i.e., the original filename minus its final + extension). The final extension is included in the hash calculation + only if it contains any upper case characters or is longer than three + characters. + + Note that the character to use may be specified using + the + option, if you don't like '~'. + + + + Files whose UNIX name begins with a dot will be + presented as DOS hidden files. The mangled name will be created as + for other filenames, but with the leading dot removed and "___" as + its extension regardless of actual original extension (that's three + underscores). + + + + The two-digit hash value consists of upper case alphanumeric characters. + + This algorithm can cause name collisions only if files + in a directory share the same first five alphanumeric characters. + The probability of such a clash is 1/1300. + + The name mangling (if enabled) allows a file to be + copied between UNIX directories from Windows/DOS while retaining + the long UNIX filename. UNIX files can be renamed to a new extension + from Windows/DOS and will retain the same basename. Mangled names + do not change between sessions. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangleprefix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangleprefix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd96c2c4fe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangleprefix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + controls the number of prefix + characters from the original name used when generating + the mangled names. A larger value will give a weaker + hash and therefore more name collisions. The minimum + value is 1 and the maximum value is 6. + + + mangle prefix is effective only when mangling method is hash2. + + +1 +4 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingchar.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingchar.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95b47794d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingchar.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This controls what character is used as + the magic character in . The + default is a '~' but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set + it to whatever you prefer. This is effective only when mangling method is hash. + +~ +^ + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingmethod.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingmethod.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6e2edaac3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/manglingmethod.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + controls the algorithm used for the generating + the mangled names. Can take two different values, "hash" and + "hash2". "hash" is the algorithm that was used + used in Samba for many years and was the default in Samba 2.2.x "hash2" is + now the default and is newer and considered a better algorithm (generates less collisions) in + the names. Many Win32 applications store the mangled names and so + changing to algorithms must not be done lightly as these applications + may break unless reinstalled. + +hash2 +hash + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maparchive.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maparchive.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ead72cf25a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maparchive.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + This controls whether the DOS archive attribute + should be mapped to the UNIX owner execute bit. The DOS archive bit + is set when a file has been modified since its last backup. One + motivation for this option is to keep Samba/your PC from making + any file it touches from becoming executable under UNIX. This can + be quite annoying for shared source code, documents, etc... + + + + Note that this requires the parameter to be set such that owner + execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 100). See the parameter + for details. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maphidden.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maphidden.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..841c6876e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maphidden.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This controls whether DOS style hidden files should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit. + + + + Note that this requires the to be set such that the world execute + bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter + for details. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ec2d3bf27 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + This controls how the DOS read only attribute should be mapped from a UNIX filesystem. + + + + This parameter can take three different values, which tell smbd + 8 how to display the read only attribute on files, where either + is set to No, or no extended attribute is + present. If is set to yes then this + parameter is ignored. This is a new parameter introduced in Samba version 3.0.21. + + + The three settings are : + + + + Yes - The read only DOS attribute is mapped to the inverse of the user + or owner write bit in the unix permission mode set. If the owner write bit is not set, the + read only attribute is reported as being set on the file. + + + + Permissions - The read only DOS attribute is mapped to the effective permissions of + the connecting user, as evaluated by smbd + 8 by reading the unix permissions and POSIX ACL (if present). + If the connecting user does not have permission to modify the file, the read only attribute + is reported as being set on the file. + + + + No - The read only DOS attribute is unaffected by permissions, and can only be set by + the method. This may be useful for exporting mounted CDs. + + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapsystem.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapsystem.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..021602d578 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapsystem.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + + This controls whether DOS style system files should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit. + + + + Note that this requires the to be set such that the group + execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 010). See the parameter + for details. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..607fe5840f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This parameter limits the size in memory of any + stat cache being used + to speed up case insensitive name mappings. This parameter is + the number of kilobyte (1024) units the stat cache can use. + A value of zero means unlimited which is not advised aѕ it can + use a lot of memory. + You should not need to change this parameter. + +stat cache +256 +100 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/preservecase.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/preservecase.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..875900d4c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/preservecase.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + + This controls if new filenames are created with the case that the client passes, or if + they are forced to be the . + + + + See the section on NAME MANGLING for a fuller discussion. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/shortpreservecase.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/shortpreservecase.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90188a076e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/shortpreservecase.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + This boolean parameter controls if new files which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of + suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the . + This option can be use with yes to permit long filenames + to retain their case, while short names are lowered. + + + See the section on NAME MANGLING. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/statcache.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/statcache.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c38fb11a88 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/statcache.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This parameter determines if smbd + 8 will use a cache in order to + speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need + to change this parameter. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/storedosattributes.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/storedosattributes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6fcab82f9c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/storedosattributes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + + If this parameter is set Samba attempts to first read DOS attributes (SYSTEM, HIDDEN, ARCHIVE or + READ-ONLY) from a filesystem extended attribute, before mapping DOS attributes to UNIX permission bits (such + as occurs with and ). When set, DOS + attributes will be stored onto an extended attribute in the UNIX filesystem, associated with the file or + directory. For no other mapping to occur as a fall-back, the parameters , + , and must be set to off. This parameter writes the DOS attributes as a string into the extended + attribute named "user.DOSATTRIB". This extended attribute is explicitly hidden from smbd clients requesting an + EA list. On Linux the filesystem must have been mounted with the mount option user_xattr in order for + extended attributes to work, also extended attributes must be compiled into the Linux kernel. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetofiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetofiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48e0c40fff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetofiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + + + + This is a list of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible. Each entry in + the list must be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*' and '?' + can be used to specify multiple files or directories as in DOS wildcards. + + + + Each entry must be a unix path, not a DOS path and must not include the + unix directory separator '/'. + + + + Note that the option is applicable in vetoing files. + + + + One feature of the veto files parameter that it is important to be aware of is Samba's behaviour when + trying to delete a directory. If a directory that is to be deleted contains nothing but veto files this + deletion will fail unless you also set the + parameter to yes. + + + + Setting this parameter will affect the performance of Samba, as it will be forced to check all files + and directories for a match as they are scanned. + + + + Examples of use include: + +; Veto any files containing the word Security, +; any ending in .tmp, and any directory containing the +; word root. +veto files = /*Security*/*.tmp/*root*/ + +; Veto the Apple specific files that a NetAtalk server +; creates. +veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/ + + + + +hide files +case sensitive + +No files or directories are vetoed. + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetooplockfiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetooplockfiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b99ab00385 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/vetooplockfiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + This parameter is only valid when the + parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator + to selectively turn off the granting of oplocks on selected files that + match a wildcarded list, similar to the wildcarded list used in the + parameter. + + + + + You might want to do this on files that you know will be heavily contended + for by clients. A good example of this is in the NetBench SMB benchmark + program, which causes heavy client contention for files ending in + .SEM. To cause Samba not to grant + oplocks on these files you would use the line (either in the [global] + section or in the section for the particular NetBench share. + + + + An example of use is: + +veto oplock files = /.*SEM/ + + + +No files are vetoed for oplock grants + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-context.xsl b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-context.xsl new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4afba52a86 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-context.xsl @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + none + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..262830de4b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#!/bin/sh +DIR=. +if [ "x$1" != "x" ] +then + DIR="$1" +fi + +OLD=`pwd` +cd $DIR + +echo "" +for I in `find . -mindepth 2 -type f -name '*.xml' | sort -t/ -k3 | xargs` +do + echo "" +done + +echo "" + +cd $OLD diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/clientldapsaslwrapping.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/clientldapsaslwrapping.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a926cec645 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/clientldapsaslwrapping.xml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + The defines whether + ldap traffic will be signed or signed and encrypted (sealed). + Possible values are plain, sign + and seal. + + + + The values sign and seal are + only available if Samba has been compiled against a modern + OpenLDAP version (2.3.x or higher). + + + + This option is needed in the case of Domain Controllers enforcing + the usage of signed LDAP connections (e.g. Windows 2000 SP3 or higher). + LDAP sign and seal can be controlled with the registry key + "HKLM\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\ + NTDS\Parameters\LDAPServerIntegrity" + on the Windows server side. + + + + Depending on the used KRB5 library (MIT and older Heimdal versions) + it is possible that the message "integrity only" is not supported. + In this case, sign is just an alias for + seal. + + + + The default value is plain which is not irritable + to KRB5 clock skew errors. That implies synchronizing the time + with the KDC in the case of using sign or + seal. + + +plain + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapadmindn.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapadmindn.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..442d242679 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapadmindn.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + + + The defines the Distinguished Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact + the ldap server when retreiving user account information. The is used + in conjunction with the admin dn password stored in the private/secrets.tdb + file. See the smbpasswd 8 + man page for more information on how to accomplish this. + + + + The requires a fully specified DN. The is not appended to the . + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapdeletedn.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapdeletedn.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48f5c9b65a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapdeletedn.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This parameter specifies whether a delete + operation in the ldapsam deletes the complete entry or only the attributes + specific to Samba. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapgroupsuffix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapgroupsuffix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8fe033a2f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapgroupsuffix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the suffix that is + used for groups when these are added to the LDAP directory. + If this parameter is unset, the value of will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the + string so use a partial DN. + + + +ou=Groups + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapidmapsuffix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapidmapsuffix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e397138741 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapidmapsuffix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + This parameters specifies the suffix that is used when storing idmap mappings. If this parameter + is unset, the value of will be used instead. The suffix + string is pre-pended to the string so use a partial DN. + + + +ou=Idmap + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmachinesuffix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmachinesuffix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b54f6383e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapmachinesuffix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + + It specifies where machines should be added to the ldap tree. If this parameter is unset, the value of + will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the + string so use a partial DN. + + + + +ou=Computers + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappasswdsync.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappasswdsync.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..864bfc45a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldappasswdsync.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + + This option is used to define whether or not Samba should sync the LDAP password with the NT + and LM hashes for normal accounts (NOT for workstation, server or domain trusts) on a password + change via SAMBA. + + + + The can be set to one of three values: + + + + + Yes = Try + to update the LDAP, NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time. + + + + No = Update NT and + LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time. + + + + Only = Only update + the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest. + + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapreplicationsleep.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapreplicationsleep.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4710e2b3b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapreplicationsleep.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + + When Samba is asked to write to a read-only LDAP replica, we are redirected to talk to the read-write master server. + This server then replicates our changes back to the 'local' server, however the replication might take some seconds, + especially over slow links. Certain client activities, particularly domain joins, can become confused by the 'success' + that does not immediately change the LDAP back-end's data. + + + + This option simply causes Samba to wait a short time, to allow the LDAP server to catch up. If you have a particularly + high-latency network, you may wish to time the LDAP replication with a network sniffer, and increase this value accordingly. + Be aware that no checking is performed that the data has actually replicated. + + + + The value is specified in milliseconds, the maximum value is 5000 (5 seconds). + + +1000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ace6c6c64d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ + + + + + Editposix is an option that leverages ldapsam:trusted to make it simpler to manage a domain controller + eliminating the need to set up custom scripts to add and manage the posix users and groups. This option + will instead directly manipulate the ldap tree to create, remove and modify user and group entries. + This option also requires a running winbindd as it is used to allocate new uids/gids on user/group + creation. The allocation range must be therefore configured. + + + + To use this option, a basic ldap tree must be provided and the ldap suffix parameters must be properly + configured. On virgin servers the default users and groups (Administrator, Guest, Domain Users, + Domain Admins, Domain Guests) can be precreated with the command net sam + provision. To run this command the ldap server must be running, Winindd must be running and + the smb.conf ldap options must be properly configured. + + The typical ldap setup used with the yes option + is usually sufficient to use yes as well. + + + + An example configuration can be the following: + + + encrypt passwords = true + passdb backend = ldapsam + + ldapsam:trusted=yes + ldapsam:editposix=yes + + ldap admin dn = cn=admin,dc=samba,dc=org + ldap delete dn = yes + ldap group suffix = ou=groups + ldap idmap suffix = ou=idmap + ldap machine suffix = ou=computers + ldap user suffix = ou=users + ldap suffix = dc=samba,dc=org + + idmap backend = ldap:"ldap://localhost" + + idmap uid = 5000-50000 + idmap gid = 5000-50000 + + + This configuration assume the ldap server have been loaded with a base tree like described + in the following ldif: + + + dn: dc=samba,dc=org + objectClass: top + objectClass: dcObject + objectClass: organization + o: samba.org + dc: samba + + dn: cn=admin,dc=samba,dc=org + objectClass: simpleSecurityObject + objectClass: organizationalRole + cn: admin + description: LDAP administrator + userPassword: secret + + dn: ou=users,dc=samba,dc=org + objectClass: top + objectClass: organizationalUnit + ou: users + + dn: ou=groups,dc=samba,dc=org + objectClass: top + objectClass: organizationalUnit + ou: groups + + dn: ou=idmap,dc=samba,dc=org + objectClass: top + objectClass: organizationalUnit + ou: idmap + + dn: ou=computers,dc=samba,dc=org + objectClass: top + objectClass: organizationalUnit + ou: computers + + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsamtrusted.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsamtrusted.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e4e1dbd7c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsamtrusted.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + + By default, Samba as a Domain Controller with an LDAP backend needs to use the Unix-style NSS subsystem to + access user and group information. Due to the way Unix stores user information in /etc/passwd and /etc/group + this inevitably leads to inefficiencies. One important question a user needs to know is the list of groups he + is member of. The plain UNIX model involves a complete enumeration of the file /etc/group and its NSS + counterparts in LDAP. UNIX has optimized functions to enumerate group membership. Sadly, other functions that + are used to deal with user and group attributes lack such optimization. + + + + To make Samba scale well in large environments, the yes + option assumes that the complete user and group database that is relevant to Samba is stored in LDAP with the + standard posixAccount/posixGroup attributes. It further assumes that the Samba auxiliary object classes are + stored together with the POSIX data in the same LDAP object. If these assumptions are met, + yes can be activated and Samba can bypass the + NSS system to query user group memberships. Optimized LDAP queries can greatly speed up domain logon and + administration tasks. Depending on the size of the LDAP database a factor of 100 or more for common queries + is easily achieved. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapssl.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapssl.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39ed08fe82 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapssl.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + This option is used to define whether or not Samba should + use SSL when connecting to the ldap server + This is NOT related to + Samba's previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the + --with-ssl option to the configure + script. + +The can be set to one of three values: + + + Off = Never + use SSL when querying the directory. + + + + Start_tls = Use + the LDAPv3 StartTLS extended operation (RFC2830) for + communicating with the directory server. + + + + On = Use SSL + on the ldaps port when contacting the ldap server. Only available when the + backwards-compatiblity --with-ldapsam option is specified + to configure. See . + + + +start_tls + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsuffix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsuffix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48595139a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsuffix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object. + + + The ldap suffix will be appended to the values specified for the , + , , and the + . Each of these should be given only a DN relative to the + . + + + +dc=samba,dc=org + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cd88494903 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + When Samba connects to an ldap server that servermay be down or unreachable. To prevent Samba from hanging whilst + waiting for the connection this parameter specifies in seconds how long Samba should wait before failing the + connect. The default is to only wait fifteen seconds for the ldap server to respond to the connect request. + + +15 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapusersuffix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapusersuffix.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6b4eec378d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapusersuffix.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies where users are added to the tree. If this parameter is unset, + the value of will be used instead. The suffix + string is pre-pended to the string so use a partial DN. + + + + +ou=people + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/blockinglocks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/blockinglocks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..493f281fdb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/blockinglocks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + This parameter controls the behavior + of smbd + 8 when given a request by a client + to obtain a byte range lock on a region of an open file, and the + request has a time limit associated with it. + + If this parameter is set and the lock range requested + cannot be immediately satisfied, samba will internally + queue the lock request, and periodically attempt to obtain + the lock until the timeout period expires. + + If this parameter is set to no, then + samba will behave as previous versions of Samba would and + will fail the lock request immediately if the lock range + cannot be obtained. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/cscpolicy.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/cscpolicy.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6131e1269f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/cscpolicy.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + + This stands for client-side caching policy, and specifies how clients capable of offline + caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values are: manual, documents, programs, disable. + + + + These values correspond to those used on Windows servers. + + + + For example, shares containing roaming profiles can have offline caching disabled using + disable. + + +manual +programs + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/fakeoplocks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/fakeoplocks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fa004d7497 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/fakeoplocks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission + from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants + an oplock (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume + that it is the only one accessing the file and it will aggressively + cache file data. With some oplock types the client may even cache + file open/close operations. This can give enormous performance benefits. + + + When you set fake oplocks = yes, + smbd8 will + always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using the file. + + It is generally much better to use the real support rather + than this parameter. + + If you enable this option on all read-only shares or + shares that you know will only be accessed from one client at a + time such as physically read-only media like CDROMs, you will see + a big performance improvement on many operations. If you enable + this option on shares where multiple clients may be accessing the + files read-write at the same time you can get data corruption. Use + this option carefully! + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kerneloplocks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kerneloplocks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c4f12b9bd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/kerneloplocks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + For UNIXes that support kernel based + (currently only IRIX and the Linux 2.4 kernel), this parameter + allows the use of them to be turned on or off. + + Kernel oplocks support allows Samba oplocks + to be broken whenever a local UNIX process or NFS operation + accesses a file that smbd + 8 has oplocked. This allows complete + data consistency between SMB/CIFS, NFS and local file access (and is + a very cool feature :-). + + This parameter defaults to on, but is translated + to a no-op on systems that no not have the necessary kernel support. + You should never need to touch this parameter. + + +oplocks +level2 oplocks +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/level2oplocks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/level2oplocks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..496701b188 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/level2oplocks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether Samba supports + level2 (read-only) oplocks on a share. + + Level2, or read-only oplocks allow Windows NT clients + that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock + to a read-only oplock once a second client opens the file (instead + of releasing all oplocks on a second open, as in traditional, + exclusive oplocks). This allows all openers of the file that + support level2 oplocks to cache the file for read-ahead only (ie. + they may not cache writes or lock requests) and increases performance + for many accesses of files that are not commonly written (such as + application .EXE files). + + Once one of the clients which have a read-only oplock + writes to the file all clients are notified (no reply is needed + or waited for) and told to break their oplocks to "none" and + delete any read-ahead caches. + + It is recommended that this parameter be turned on to + speed access to shared executables. + + For more discussions on level2 oplocks see the CIFS spec. + + + Currently, if are supported then + level2 oplocks are not granted (even if this parameter is set to + yes). Note also, the + parameter must be set to yes on this share in order for + this parameter to have any effect. + + +oplocks +kernel oplocks +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/locking.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/locking.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d0eec4fc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/locking.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + This controls whether or not locking will be + performed by the server in response to lock requests from the + client. + + If locking = no, all lock and unlock + requests will appear to succeed and all lock queries will report + that the file in question is available for locking. + + If locking = yes, real locking will be performed + by the server. + + This option may be useful for read-only + filesystems which may not need locking (such as + CDROM drives), although setting this parameter of no + is not really recommended even in this case. + + Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a + specific service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption. + You should never need to set this parameter. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspincount.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspincount.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9d74bd7530 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspincount.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24. + The functionality it contolled is now controlled by the parameter + . + + +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspintime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspintime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..da84d9379b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/lockspintime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + The time in microseconds that smbd should + keep waiting to see if a failed lock request can + be granted. This parameter has changed in default + value from Samba 3.0.23 from 10 to 200. The associated + parameter is + no longer used in Samba 3.0.24. You should not need + to change the value of this parameter. + +200 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplockbreakwaittime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplockbreakwaittime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bede040840 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplockbreakwaittime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in both Windows 9x and WinNT. If Samba responds to a client too + quickly when that client issues an SMB that can cause an oplock break request, then the network client can + fail and not respond to the break request. This tuning parameter (which is set in milliseconds) is the amount + of time Samba will wait before sending an oplock break request to such (broken) clients. + + + + DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE. + + +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplockcontentionlimit.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplockcontentionlimit.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ee3c45eb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplockcontentionlimit.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + This is a very advanced smbd + 8 tuning option to improve the efficiency of the + granting of oplocks under multiple client contention for the same file. + + + + In brief it specifies a number, which causes smbd + 8not to grant an oplock even when requested if the + approximate number of clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this + limit. This causes smbd to behave in a similar + way to Windows NT. + + + + DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE. + + + +2 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplocks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplocks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c6c26927c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/oplocks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + + + + This boolean option tells smbd whether to + issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this + share. The oplock code can dramatically (approx. 30% or more) improve + the speed of access to files on Samba servers. It allows the clients + to aggressively cache files locally and you may want to disable this + option for unreliable network environments (it is turned on by + default in Windows NT Servers). For more information see the file + Speed.txt in the Samba + docs/ directory. + + + + Oplocks may be selectively turned off on certain files with a share. See + the parameter. On some systems + oplocks are recognized by the underlying operating system. This + allows data synchronization between all access to oplocked files, + whether it be via Samba or NFS or a local UNIX process. See the + parameter for details. + + + +kernel oplocks +level2 oplocks +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/posixlocking.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/posixlocking.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e5a89f59aa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/posixlocking.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + The smbd 8 + daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients. The default behavior is + to map this internal database to POSIX locks. This means that file locks obtained by SMB clients are + consistent with those seen by POSIX compliant applications accessing the files via a non-SMB + method (e.g. NFS or local file access). You should never need to disable this parameter. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/sharemodes.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/sharemodes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e8371a563d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/sharemodes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + This enables or disables the honoring of + the share modes during a file open. These + modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or write access + to a file. + + These open modes are not directly supported by UNIX, so + they are simulated using shared memory, or lock files if your + UNIX doesn't support shared memory (almost all do). + + The share modes that are enabled by this option are + DENY_DOS, DENY_ALL, + DENY_READ, DENY_WRITE, + DENY_NONE and DENY_FCB. + + + This option gives full share compatibility and enabled + by default. + + You should NEVER turn this parameter + off as many Windows applications will break if you do so. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/strictlocking.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/strictlocking.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e3a0ed7b4c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/locking/strictlocking.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + + This is an enumerated type that controls the handling of file locking in the server. When this is set to yes, + the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on + some systems. + + + + When strict locking is set to Auto (the default), the server performs file lock checks only on non-oplocked files. + As most Windows redirectors perform file locking checks locally on oplocked files this is a good trade off for + inproved performance. + + + + When strict locking is disabled, the server performs file lock checks only when the client explicitly asks for them. + + + + Well-behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it is important. So in the vast majority of cases, + strict locking = Auto or + strict locking = no is acceptable. + + +Auto + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugclass.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugclass.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cc4b84acd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugclass.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + With this boolean parameter enabled, the debug class (DBGC_CLASS) + will be displayed in the debug header. + + + For more information about currently available debug classes, see + section about . + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debughirestimestamp.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debughirestimestamp.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6f32bd593b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debughirestimestamp.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages are needed with a resolution of higher that seconds, this + boolean parameter adds microsecond resolution to the timestamp message header when turned on. + + + + Note that the parameter must be on for this to have an effect. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugpid.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugpid.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..017d010940 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugpid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + When using only one log file for more then one forked smbd + 8-process there may be hard to follow which process outputs which + message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id to the timestamp message headers in the + logfile when turned on. + + + + Note that the parameter must be on for this to have an effect. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugprefixtimestamp.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugprefixtimestamp.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62a6574613 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugprefixtimestamp.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + With this option enabled, the timestamp message header is prefixed to the debug message without the + filename and function information that is included with the + parameter. This gives timestamps to the messages without adding an additional line. + + + + Note that this parameter overrides the parameter. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugtimestamp.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugtimestamp.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b335eba465 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debugtimestamp.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + +timestamp logs + + + Samba debug log messages are timestamped by default. If you are running at a high + these timestamps can be distracting. This + boolean parameter allows timestamping to be turned off. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debuguid.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debuguid.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5cfa541a45 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/debuguid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + + Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime run as the connected user, this boolean parameter inserts the + current euid, egid, uid and gid to the timestamp message headers in the log file if turned on. + + + + Note that the parameter must be on for this to have an effect. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebuglevel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebuglevel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fdb6d40f25 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebuglevel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + This parameter controls the debug level of the LDAP library + calls. In the case of OpenLDAP, it is the same + bit-field as understood by the server and documented in the + + slapd.conf + 5 + + manpage. + A typical useful value will be + 1 for tracing function calls. + + + The debug ouput from the LDAP libraries appears with the + prefix [LDAP] in Samba's logging output. + The level at which LDAP logging is printed is controlled by the + parameter ldap debug threshold. + + +0 +1 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebugthreshold.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebugthreshold.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e023ff689b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/ldapdebugthreshold.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + This parameter controls the Samba debug level at which + the ldap library debug output is + printed in the Samba logs. See the description of + ldap debug level for details. + + +10 +5 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logfile.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..838d302b7b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/logfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + This option allows you to override the name of the Samba log file (also known as the debug file). + + + + This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate log files for each user or machine. + + +/usr/local/samba/var/log.%m + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/loglevel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/loglevel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5562f42bb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/loglevel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + +debuglevel + + + The value of the parameter (a astring) allows the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the + smb.conf file. + + + This parameter has been extended since the 2.2.x + series, now it allows to specify the debug level for multiple + debug classes. This is to give greater flexibility in the configuration + of the system. The following debug classes are currently implemented: + + + + all + tdb + printdrivers + lanman + smb + rpc_parse + rpc_srv + rpc_cli + passdb + sam + auth + winbind + vfs + idmap + quota + acls + locking + msdfs + dmapi + registry + + + +0 +3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/maxlogsize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/maxlogsize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3d5239ccdf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/maxlogsize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log file should grow to. + Samba periodically checks the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding + a .old extension. + + + A size of 0 means no limit. + + +5000 +1000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslog.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslog.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e4722d8164 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslog.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + + This parameter maps how Samba debug messages are logged onto the system syslog logging levels. + Samba debug level zero maps onto syslog LOG_ERR, debug level one maps onto + LOG_WARNING, debug level two maps onto LOG_NOTICE, + debug level three maps onto LOG_INFO. All higher levels are mapped to LOG_DEBUG. + + + + This parameter sets the threshold for sending messages to syslog. Only messages with debug + level less than this value will be sent to syslog. There still will be some + logging to log.[sn]mbd even if syslog only is enabled. + + +1 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslogonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslogonly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0fe74713e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logging/syslogonly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + If this parameter is set then Samba debug messages are logged into the system + syslog only, and not to the debug log files. There still will be some + logging to log.[sn]mbd even if syslog only is enabled. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/abortshutdownscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/abortshutdownscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45bed073ea --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/abortshutdownscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This a full path name to a script called by smbd + 8 that + should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the . + + If the connected user posseses the SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege, + right, this command will be run as user. + +"" +/sbin/shutdown -c + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addgroupscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addgroupscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3804e144ff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addgroupscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + This is the full pathname to a script that will be run AS ROOT by + smbd8 when a new group is requested. It + will expand any %g to the group name passed. This script is only useful + for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools. The script is free to create a group with + an arbitrary name to circumvent unix group name restrictions. In that case the script must print the numeric + gid of the created group on stdout. + + + + +/usr/sbin/groupadd %g + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addmachinescript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addmachinescript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c06a4a964f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addmachinescript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + + This is the full pathname to a script that will be run by + smbd 8 when a machine is + added to Samba's domain and a Unix account matching the machine's name appended with a "$" does not + already exist. + + This option is very similar to the , and likewise uses the %u + substitution for the account name. Do not use the %m + substitution. + + + +/usr/sbin/adduser -n -g machines -c Machine -d /var/lib/nobody -s /bin/false %u + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/adduserscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/adduserscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7128cb73c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/adduserscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + + This is the full pathname to a script that will be run AS ROOT by + smbd 8 + under special circumstances described below. + + + + Normally, a Samba server requires that UNIX users are created for all users accessing + files on this server. For sites that use Windows NT account databases as their primary + user database creating these users and keeping the user list in sync with the Windows + NT PDC is an onerous task. This option allows smbd to create the required UNIX users + ON DEMAND when a user accesses the Samba server. + + + + In order to use this option, smbd + 8 must NOT be set to + share and + must be set to a full pathname for a script that will create a UNIX user given one argument of + %u, which expands into the UNIX user name to create. + + + + When the Windows user attempts to access the Samba server, at login (session setup in + the SMB protocol) time, smbd + 8 contacts the + and attempts to authenticate the given user with the given password. If the authentication + succeeds then smbd attempts to find a UNIX user in the UNIX + password database to map the Windows user into. If this lookup fails, and + is set then smbd will + call the specified script AS ROOT, expanding any + %u argument to be the user name to create. + + + + If this script successfully creates the user then smbd will + continue on as though the UNIX user already existed. In this way, UNIX users are dynamically created to + match existing Windows NT accounts. + + + + See also , , + . + + + + +/usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addusertogroupscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addusertogroupscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f7eb410024 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/addusertogroupscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + + Full path to the script that will be called when a user is added to a group using the Windows NT domain administration + tools. It will be run by smbd 8 + AS ROOT. Any %g will be replaced with the group name and + any %u will be replaced with the user name. + + + + Note that the adduser command used in the example below does + not support the used syntax on all systems. + + + + +/usr/sbin/adduser %u %g + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deletegroupscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deletegroupscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bd265b7fc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deletegroupscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This is the full pathname to a script that will + be run AS ROOT smbd + 8 when a group is requested to be deleted. + It will expand any %g to the group name passed. + This script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools. + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserfromgroupscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserfromgroupscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a685ab5290 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserfromgroupscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + Full path to the script that will be called when + a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration + tools. It will be run by smbd + 8 AS ROOT. + Any %g will be replaced with the group name and + any %u will be replaced with the user name. + + + +/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b3abe23e4c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/deleteuserscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + This is the full pathname to a script that will + be run by smbd + 8 when managing users + with remote RPC (NT) tools. + + + This script is called when a remote client removes a user + from the server, normally using 'User Manager for Domains' or + rpcclient. + + This script should delete the given UNIX username. + + + +/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/domainlogons.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/domainlogons.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d274faa18b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/domainlogons.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + If set to yes, the Samba server will + provide the netlogon service for Windows 9X network logons for the + it is in. + This will also cause the Samba server to act as a domain + controller for NT4 style domain services. For more details on + setting up this feature see the Domain Control chapter of the + Samba HOWTO Collection. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/enableprivileges.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/enableprivileges.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3e958e0ce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/enableprivileges.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + This parameter controls whether or not smbd will honor privileges assigned to specific SIDs via either + net rpc rights or one of the Windows user and group manager tools. This parameter is + enabled by default. It can be disabled to prevent members of the Domain Admins group from being able to + assign privileges to users or groups which can then result in certain smbd operations running as root that + would normally run under the context of the connected user. + + + + An example of how privileges can be used is to assign the right to join clients to a Samba controlled + domain without providing root access to the server via smbd. + + + + Please read the extended description provided in the Samba HOWTO documentation. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logondrive.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logondrive.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b32cfd7006 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logondrive.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the local path to which the home directory will be + connected (see ) and is only used by NT + Workstations. + + + + Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon server. + + + +h: + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonhome.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonhome.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b7a10a98fc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonhome.xml @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the home directory location when a Win95/98 or NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC. + It allows you to do + + + + C:\>NET USE H: /HOME + + + + from a command prompt, for example. + + + + This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine. + + + + This parameter can be used with Win9X workstations to ensure that roaming profiles are stored in a + subdirectory of the user's home directory. This is done in the following way: + + + + logon home = \\%N\%U\profile + + + + This tells Samba to return the above string, with substitutions made when a client requests the info, generally + in a NetUserGetInfo request. Win9X clients truncate the info to \\server\share when a user does + net use /home but use the whole string when dealing with profiles. + + + + Note that in prior versions of Samba, the was returned rather than + logon home. This broke net use /home + but allowed profiles outside the home directory. The current implementation is correct, and can be used for + profiles if you use the above trick. + + + + Disable this feature by setting "" - using the empty string. + + + + This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon server. + + + +\\%N\%U +\\remote_smb_server\%U + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonpath.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonpath.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f0a3817106 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonpath.xml @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the directory where roaming profiles (Desktop, NTuser.dat, etc) are + stored. Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has nothing to do with Win 9X roaming + profiles. To find out how to handle roaming profiles for Win 9X system, see the + parameter. + + + + This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or + machine. It also specifies the directory from which the "Application Data", desktop, start menu, network neighborhood, programs and other + folders, and their contents, are loaded and displayed on your Windows NT client. + + + + The share and the path must be readable by the user for the preferences and directories to be loaded onto the + Windows NT client. The share must be writeable when the user logs in for the first time, in order that the + Windows NT client can create the NTuser.dat and other directories. + Thereafter, the directories and any of the contents can, if required, be made read-only. It is not advisable + that the NTuser.dat file be made read-only - rename it to NTuser.man to achieve the desired effect (a + MANdatory profile). + + + + Windows clients can sometimes maintain a connection to the [homes] share, even though there is no user logged + in. Therefore, it is vital that the logon path does not include a reference to the homes share (i.e. setting + this parameter to \\%N\homes\profile_path will cause problems). + + + + This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine. + + + + Do not quote the value. Setting this as \\%N\profile\%U + will break profile handling. Where the tdbsam or ldapsam passdb backend + is used, at the time the user account is created the value configured + for this parameter is written to the passdb backend and that value will + over-ride the parameter value present in the smb.conf file. Any error + present in the passdb backend account record must be editted using the + appropriate tool (pdbedit on the command-line, or any other locally + provided system tool). + + + Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a domain controller. + + + Disable the use of roaming profiles by setting the value of this parameter to the empty string. For + example, "". Take note that even if the default setting + in the smb.conf file is the empty string, any value specified in the user account settings in the passdb + backend will over-ride the effect of setting this parameter to null. Disabling of all roaming profile use + requires that the user account settings must also be blank. + + + + An example of use is: + +logon path = \\PROFILESERVER\PROFILE\%U + + + +\\%N\%U\profile + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5b304514d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/logonscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the batch file (.bat) or NT command file + (.cmd) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in. The file + must contain the DOS style CR/LF line endings. Using a DOS-style editor to create the file is recommended. + + + + The script must be a relative path to the service. If the [netlogon] + service specifies a of /usr/local/samba/netlogon, and STARTUP.BAT, then the file that will be downloaded is: + + /usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP.BAT + + + + + The contents of the batch file are entirely your choice. A suggested command would be to add NET TIME \\SERVER /SET /YES, to force every machine to synchronize clocks with the + same time server. Another use would be to add NET USE U: \\SERVER\UTILS + for commonly used utilities, or + +NET USE Q: \\SERVER\ISO9001_QA + + for example. + + + + Note that it is particularly important not to allow write access to the [netlogon] share, or to grant users + write permission on the batch files in a secure environment, as this would allow the batch files to be + arbitrarily modified and security to be breached. + + + + This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or + machine. + + + + This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon server. + + + +scripts\%U.bat + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/setprimarygroupscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/setprimarygroupscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b348501e8b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/setprimarygroupscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + + Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a + primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups. This script + sets the primary group in the unix userdatase when an + administrator sets the primary group from the windows user + manager or when fetching a SAM with net rpc + vampire. %u will be replaced + with the user whose primary group is to be set. + %g will be replaced with the group to + set. + + +/usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u' + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/shutdownscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/shutdownscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e8ec8fd3a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/shutdownscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + + + This a full path name to a script called by + smbd + 8 that should + start a shutdown procedure. + + If the connected user posseses the SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege, + right, this command will be run as user. + + The %z %t %r %f variables are expanded as follows: + + + + %z will be substituted with the + shutdown message sent to the server. + + + + %t will be substituted with the + number of seconds to wait before effectively starting the + shutdown procedure. + + + + %r will be substituted with the + switch -r. It means reboot after shutdown + for NT. + + + + %f will be substituted with the + switch -f. It means force the shutdown + even if applications do not respond for NT. + + + + Shutdown script example: + +#!/bin/bash + +$time=0 +let "time/60" +let "time++" + +/sbin/shutdown $3 $4 +$time $1 & + + Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background. + + + +abort shutdown script + +/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/addsharecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/addsharecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9eb50f3dc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/addsharecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server + Manager. The add share command is used to define an external program + or script which will add a new service definition to smb.conf. In order + to successfully execute the add share command, smbd requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. uid == 0). + + + + If the connected account has SeDiskOperatorPrivilege, scripts defined in + change share parameter are executed as root. + + + + When executed, smbd will automatically invoke the + add share command with five parameters. + + + + + configFile - the location of the global smb.conf file. + + + + + shareName - the name of the new share. + + + + + pathName - path to an **existing** + directory on disk. + + + + + comment - comment string to associate with the new + share. + + + + + max + connections + Number of maximum simultaneous connections to this + share. + + + + + + This parameter is only used for add file shares. To add printer shares, see the . + + + +change share command +delete share command + +/usr/local/bin/addshare + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsshare.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsshare.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..67d42d491f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsshare.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled + for this share. If enabled, it assumes that the directory exported via + the path parameter is a local AFS import. The + special AFS features include the attempt to hand-craft an AFS token + if you enabled --with-fake-kaserver in configure. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsusernamemap.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsusernamemap.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8e68ffec74 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/afsusernamemap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might + want to hand-craft the usernames you are creating tokens for. + For example this is necessary if you have users from several domain + in your AFS Protection Database. One possible scheme to code users + as DOMAIN+User as it is done by winbind with the + as a separator. + + + The mapped user name must contain the cell name to log into, + so without setting this parameter there will be no token. + + + +%u@afs.samba.org + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/available.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/available.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4535bad1ce --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/available.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If + available = no, then ALL + attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are + logged. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changenotify.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changenotify.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ff6f02f6f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changenotify.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This parameter specifies whether Samba should reply + to a client's file change notify requests. + + + You should never need to change this parameter + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changesharecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changesharecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a42e22559 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/changesharecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server +Manager. The change share command is used to define an external +program or script which will modify an existing service definition in smb.conf. In order to successfully execute the change +share command, smbd requires that the administrator be +connected using a root account (i.e. uid == 0). + + + + If the connected account has SeDiskOperatorPrivilege, scripts defined in + change share parameter are executed as root. + + + + When executed, smbd will automatically invoke the + change share command with five parameters. + + + + + configFile - the location + of the global smb.conf file. + + + + + shareName - the name of the new + share. + + + + + pathName - path to an **existing** + directory on disk. + + + + + comment - comment string to associate + with the new share. + + + + + max + connections + Number of maximum simultaneous connections to this + share. + + + + + + This parameter is only used modify existing file shares definitions. To modify + printer shares, use the "Printers..." folder as seen when browsing the Samba host. + + + +add share command +delete share command + +/usr/local/bin/addshare + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/configfile.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/configfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b1dc0d1b29 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/configfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + This allows you to override the config file + to use, instead of the default (usually smb.conf). + There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set + in the config file! + + For this reason, if the name of the config file has changed + when the parameters are loaded then it will reload them from + the new config file. + + This option takes the usual substitutions, which can + be very useful. + + If the config file doesn't exist then it won't be loaded + (allowing you to special case the config files of just a few + clients). + +/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/copy.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/copy.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..608071e6e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/copy.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This parameter allows you to "clone" service + entries. The specified service is simply duplicated under the + current service's name. Any parameters specified in the current + section will override those in the section being copied. + + This feature lets you set up a 'template' service and + create similar services easily. Note that the service being + copied must occur earlier in the configuration file than the + service doing the copying. + + + +otherservice + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/defaultservice.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/defaultservice.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca986d460a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/defaultservice.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + +default + + This parameter specifies the name of a service + which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot + be found. Note that the square brackets are NOT + given in the parameter value (see example below). + + There is no default value for this parameter. If this + parameter is not given, attempting to connect to a nonexistent + service results in an error. + + + Typically the default service would be a , service. Also note that the apparent service name will be changed to equal + that of the requested service, this is very useful as it allows you to use macros like %S to make a wildcard service. + + + Note also that any "_" characters in the name of the service + used in the default service will get mapped to a "/". This allows for + interesting things. + + +pub + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletereadonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletereadonly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..de4f566a0a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletereadonly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. + This is not normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX. + + This option may be useful for running applications such + as rcs, where UNIX file ownership prevents changing file + permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletesharecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletesharecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..40eb6495db --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/deletesharecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ + + + + Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server + Manager. The delete share command is used to define an external + program or script which will remove an existing service definition from + smb.conf. In order to successfully execute the + delete share command, smbd + requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. uid == 0). + + + + If the connected account has SeDiskOperatorPrivilege, scripts defined in + change share parameter are executed as root. + + + + When executed, smbd will automatically invoke the + delete share command with two parameters. + + + + + configFile - the location + of the global smb.conf file. + + + + + shareName - the name of + the existing service. + + + + + + This parameter is only used to remove file shares. To delete printer shares, + see the . + + + +add share command +delete share command + +/usr/local/bin/delshare + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecachetime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a8805e948 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecachetime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + + The dfree cache time should only be used on systems where a problem + occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may occur + with other operating systems. The symptom that was seen was an error of "Abort Retry Ignore" at the + end of each directory listing. + + + + This is a new parameter introduced in Samba version 3.0.21. It specifies in seconds the time that smbd will + cache the output of a disk free query. If set to zero (the default) no caching is done. This allows a heavily + loaded server to prevent rapid spawning of scripts increasing the load. + + + + By default this parameter is zero, meaning no caching will be done. + + + +dfree cache time = 60 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..de60c5e076 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dfreecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + + + + + The dfree command setting should only be used on systems where a + problem occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may + occur with other operating systems. The symptom that was seen was an error of "Abort Retry Ignore" + at the end of each directory listing. + + + + This setting allows the replacement of the internal routines to calculate the total disk space and amount + available with an external routine. The example below gives a possible script that might fulfill this + function. + + + + In Samba version 3.0.21 this parameter has been changed to be a per-share parameter, and in addition the + parameter was added to allow the output of this script to be cached + for systems under heavy load. + + + + The external program will be passed a single parameter indicating a directory in the filesystem being queried. + This will typically consist of the string ./. The script should return + two integers in ASCII. The first should be the total disk space in blocks, and the second should be the number + of available blocks. An optional third return value can give the block size in bytes. The default blocksize is + 1024 bytes. + + + + Note: Your script should NOT be setuid or setgid and should be owned by (and writeable + only by) root! + + + + Where the script dfree (which must be made executable) could be: + +#!/bin/sh +df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $(NF-4),$(NF-2)}' + + or perhaps (on Sys V based systems): + +#!/bin/sh +/usr/bin/df -k $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $3" "$5}' + + Note that you may have to replace the command names with full path names on some systems. + + + + By default internal routines for determining the disk capacity and remaining space will be used. + + + +/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dmapisupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dmapisupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fbd145d048 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dmapisupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to + determine whether a file is offline or not. This would typically + be used in conjunction with a hierarchical storage system that + automatically migrates files to tape. + + + Note that Samba infers the status of a file by examining the + events that a DMAPI application has registered interest in. This + heuristic is satisfactory for a number of hierarchical storage + systems, but there may be system for which it will fail. In this + case, Samba may erroneously report files to be offline. + + + This parameter is only available if a supported DMAPI + implementation was found at compilation time. It will only be used + if DMAPI is found to enabled on the system at run time. + + + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dontdescend.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dontdescend.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e12593939d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dontdescend.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + There are certain directories on some systems + (e.g., the /proc tree under Linux) that are either not + of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive). This + parameter allows you to specify a comma-delimited list of directories + that the server should always show as empty. + + Note that Samba can be very fussy about the exact format + of the "dont descend" entries. For example you may need + ./proc instead of just /proc. + Experimentation is the best policy :-) + + + +/proc,/dev + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae3b475107 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + The default behavior in Samba is to provide + UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is + able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior + is often confusing to DOS/Windows users. Enabling this parameter + allows a user who has write access to the file (by whatever + means) to modify the permissions (including ACL) on it. Note that a user + belonging to the group owning the file will not be allowed to + change permissions if the group is only granted read access. + Ownership of the file/directory may also be changed. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimeresolution.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimeresolution.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..130f0fd91e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimeresolution.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest + granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter + for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the + nearest two second boundary when a query call that requires one second + resolution is made to smbd + 8. + + This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual + C++ when used against Samba shares. If oplocks are enabled on a + share, Visual C++ uses two different time reading calls to check if a + file has changed since it was last read. One of these calls uses a + one-second granularity, the other uses a two second granularity. As + the two second call rounds any odd second down, then if the file has a + timestamp of an odd number of seconds then the two timestamps will not + match and Visual C++ will keep reporting the file has changed. Setting + this option causes the two timestamps to match, and Visual C++ is + happy. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimes.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90f93a03e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfiletimes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a + file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics, + only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By + default, Samba runs with POSIX semantics and refuses to change the + timestamp on a file if the user smbd is acting + on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to + yes allows DOS semantics and smbd + 8 will change the file + timestamp as DOS requires. Due to changes in Microsoft Office 2000 and beyond, + the default for this parameter has been changed from "no" to "yes" in Samba 3.0.14 + and above. Microsoft Excel will display dialog box warnings about the file being + changed by another user if this parameter is not set to "yes" and files are being + shared between users. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fakedirectorycreatetimes.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fakedirectorycreatetimes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..974b6f0f30 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fakedirectorycreatetimes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create + time for all files and directories. This is not the same as the + ctime - status change time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default + reports the earliest of the various times Unix does keep. Setting + this parameter for a share causes Samba to always report midnight + 1-1-1980 as the create time for directories. + + This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for + Visual C++ when used against Samba shares. Visual C++ generated + makefiles have the object directory as a dependency for each object + file, and a make rule to create the directory. Also, when NMAKE + compares timestamps it uses the creation time when examining a + directory. Thus the object directory will be created if it does not + exist, but once it does exist it will always have an earlier + timestamp than the object files it contains. + + However, Unix time semantics mean that the create time + reported by Samba will be updated whenever a file is created or + or deleted in the directory. NMAKE finds all object files in + the object directory. The timestamp of the last one built is then + compared to the timestamp of the object directory. If the + directory's timestamp if newer, then all object files + will be rebuilt. Enabling this option + ensures directories always predate their contents and an NMAKE build + will proceed as expected. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/followsymlinks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/followsymlinks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c0fd920bf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/followsymlinks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + + This parameter allows the Samba administrator to stop smbd + 8 from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this + parameter to no prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being + followed (the user will get an error). This option is very useful to stop users from adding a symbolic + link to /etc/passwd in their home directory for instance. However + it will slow filename lookups down slightly. + + + + This option is enabled (i.e. smbd will follow symbolic links) by default. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fstype.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fstype.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c7df18c38b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/fstype.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + This parameter allows the administrator to configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share + is using that is reported by smbd 8 + when a client queries the filesystem type for a share. The default type is NTFS for compatibility + with Windows NT but this can be changed to other strings such as Samba or FAT + if required. + + +NTFS +Samba + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/homedirmap.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/homedirmap.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37b46ee0b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/homedirmap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + If is yes, and smbd + 8 is also acting as a Win95/98 logon server + then this parameter specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's home directory should be extracted. + At present, only the Sun auto.home map format is understood. The form of the map is: + +username server:/some/file/system + + and the program will extract the servername from before the first ':'. There should probably be a better parsing system + that copes with different map formats and also Amd (another automounter) maps. + + + + A working NIS client is required on the system for this option to work. + + +nis homedir +domain logons + + +amd.homedir + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1a08b49464 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + + This allows you to include one config file inside another. The file is included literally, as though typed + in place. + + + + It takes the standard substitutions, except %u, + %P and %S. + + + + + Note: This option can not be set inside registry + configurations. + + + +/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/kernelchangenotify.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/kernelchangenotify.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef932201a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/kernelchangenotify.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the + kernel for change notifications in directories so that + SMB clients can refresh whenever the data on the server changes. + + + This parameter is only used when your kernel supports + change notification to user programs using the inotify interface. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/lockdirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/lockdirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cbe10d5b8d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/lockdirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + +lock dir + + This option specifies the directory where lock + files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the + option. + + + + Note: This option can not be set inside registry + configurations. + + + +${prefix}/var/locks +/var/run/samba/locks + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicoutput.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicoutput.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..47e514fdce --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicoutput.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies the name of a file which will contain output created by a magic script (see the + parameter below). + + + If two clients use the same magic script + in the same directory the output file content is undefined. + + + +<magic script name>.out +myfile.txt + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b621f00c38 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/magicscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the name of a file which, + if opened, will be executed by the server when the file is closed. + This allows a UNIX script to be sent to the Samba host and + executed on behalf of the connected user. + + Scripts executed in this way will be deleted upon + completion assuming that the user has the appropriate level + of privilege and the file permissions allow the deletion. + + If the script generates output, output will be sent to + the file specified by the + parameter (see above). + + Note that some shells are unable to interpret scripts + containing CR/LF instead of CR as + the end-of-line marker. Magic scripts must be executable + as is on the host, which for some hosts and + some shells will require filtering at the DOS end. + + Magic scripts are EXPERIMENTAL and + should NOT be relied upon. + + +user.csh + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/messagecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/messagecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..91df58ab5d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/messagecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + This specifies what command to run when the + server receives a WinPopup style message. + + This would normally be a command that would + deliver the message somehow. How this is to be done is + up to your imagination. + + An example is: + +message command = csh -c 'xedit %s;rm %s' & + + + + This delivers the message using xedit, then + removes it afterwards. NOTE THAT IT IS VERY IMPORTANT + THAT THIS COMMAND RETURN IMMEDIATELY. That's why I + have the '&' on the end. If it doesn't return immediately then + your PCs may freeze when sending messages (they should recover + after 30 seconds, hopefully). + + All messages are delivered as the global guest user. + The command takes the standard substitutions, although + %u won't work (%U may be better + in this case). + + Apart from the standard substitutions, some additional + ones apply. In particular: + + + + %s = the filename containing + the message. + + + + %t = the destination that + the message was sent to (probably the server name). + + + + %f = who the message + is from. + + + + You could make this command send mail, or whatever else + takes your fancy. Please let us know of any really interesting + ideas you have. + + + Here's a way of sending the messages as mail to root: + +message command = /bin/mail -s 'message from %f on %m' root < %s; rm %s + + + + If you don't have a message command then the message + won't be delivered and Samba will tell the sender there was + an error. Unfortunately WfWg totally ignores the error code + and carries on regardless, saying that the message was delivered. + + + + If you want to silently delete it then try: + +message command = rm %s + + + + + +csh -c 'xedit %s; rm %s' & + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/nishomedir.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/nishomedir.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45c451197e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/nishomedir.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + + + Get the home share server from a NIS map. For + UNIX systems that use an automounter, the user's home directory + will often be mounted on a workstation on demand from a remote + server. + + When the Samba logon server is not the actual home directory + server, but is mounting the home directories via NFS then two + network hops would be required to access the users home directory + if the logon server told the client to use itself as the SMB server + for home directories (one over SMB and one over NFS). This can + be very slow. + + This option allows Samba to return the home share as + being on a different server to the logon server and as + long as a Samba daemon is running on the home directory server, + it will be mounted on the Samba client directly from the directory + server. When Samba is returning the home share to the client, it + will consult the NIS map specified in + and return the server + listed there. + + Note that for this option to work there must be a working + NIS system and the Samba server with this option must also + be a logon server. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/panicaction.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/panicaction.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8ffa70458 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/panicaction.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This is a Samba developer option that allows a + system command to be called when either smbd + 8 or nmbd + 8 crashes. This is usually used to + draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred. + + + + +"/bin/sleep 90000" + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/piddirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/piddirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c9f05338ac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/piddirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + This option specifies the directory where pid files will be placed. + + + +${prefix}/var/locks +pid directory = /var/run/ + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/postexec.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/postexec.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f0cb5073a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/postexec.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This option specifies a command to be run + whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual + substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some + systems. + + An interesting example may be to unmount server + resources: + +postexec = /etc/umount /cdrom + +preexec + + +echo \"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexec.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexec.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6608c83050 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexec.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + exec + + This option specifies a command to be run whenever + the service is connected to. It takes the usual substitutions. + + An interesting example is to send the users a welcome + message every time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here + is an example: + + + preexec = csh -c 'echo \"Welcome to %S!\" | + /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient -M %m -I %I' & + + + Of course, this could get annoying after a while :-) + + + See also and . + + + + +echo \"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexecclose.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexecclose.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7a477e16fe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preexecclose.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from + should close the service being connected to. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preload.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preload.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94905a67ef --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/preload.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + +auto services + + This is a list of services that you want to be + automatically added to the browse lists. This is most useful + for homes and printers services that would otherwise not be + visible. + + + Note that if you just want all printers in your + printcap file loaded then the + option is easier. + + + + +fred lp colorlp + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/registryshares.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/registryshares.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..76c83e194c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/registryshares.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + + This turns on or off support for share definitions read from + registry. Shares defined in smb.conf take + precedence over shares with the same name defined in + registry. See the section on registry-based configuration + for details. + + + + Note that this parameter defaults to no, + but it is set to yes when + config backend is set + to registry. + + +no +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remoteannounce.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remoteannounce.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f23968b501 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remoteannounce.xml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + This option allows you to setup nmbd + 8to periodically announce itself + to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name. + + + + This is useful if you want your Samba server to appear in a remote workgroup for + which the normal browse propagation rules don't work. The remote workgroup can be + anywhere that you can send IP packets to. + + + + For example: + +remote announce = 192.168.2.255/SERVERS 192.168.4.255/STAFF + + the above line would cause nmbd to announce itself + to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names. If you leave out the + workgroup name then the one given in the parameter + is used instead. + + + + The IP addresses you choose would normally be the broadcast addresses of the remote + networks, but can also be the IP addresses of known browse masters if your network + config is that stable. + + + + See the chapter on Network Browsing in the Samba-HOWTO book. + + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remotebrowsesync.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remotebrowsesync.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c966c95be0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/remotebrowsesync.xml @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ + + + + This option allows you to setup nmbd + 8 to periodically request + synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba + server that is on a remote segment. This option will allow you to + gain browse lists for multiple workgroups across routed networks. This + is done in a manner that does not work with any non-Samba servers. + + + + This is useful if you want your Samba server and all local + clients to appear in a remote workgroup for which the normal browse + propagation rules don't work. The remote workgroup can be anywhere + that you can send IP packets to. + + + + For example: + +remote browse sync = 192.168.2.255 192.168.4.255 + + the above line would cause nmbd to request the master browser on the + specified subnets or addresses to synchronize their browse lists with + the local server. + + + + The IP addresses you choose would normally be the broadcast + addresses of the remote networks, but can also be the IP addresses + of known browse masters if your network config is that stable. If + a machine IP address is given Samba makes NO attempt to validate + that the remote machine is available, is listening, nor that it + is in fact the browse master on its segment. + + + + The may be used on networks + where there is no WINS server, and may be used on disjoint networks where + each network has its own WINS server. + + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/resetonzerovc.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/resetonzerovc.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3276cf5143 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/resetonzerovc.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + This boolean option controls whether an incoming session setup + should kill other connections coming from the same IP. This matches + the default Windows 2003 behaviour. + + Setting this parameter to yes becomes necessary when you have a flaky + network and windows decides to reconnect while the old connection + still has files with share modes open. These files become inaccessible + over the new connection. + + The client sends a zero VC on the new connection, and Windows 2003 + kills all other connections coming from the same IP. This way the + locked files are accessible again. + + Please be aware that enabling this option will kill connections behind + a masquerading router. + + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpostexec.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpostexec.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4aff4f0334 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpostexec.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + This is the same as the postexec + parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for + unmounting filesystems (such as CDROMs) after a connection is closed. + + + +postexec + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexec.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexec.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..89d10ec53b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexec.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This is the same as the preexec + parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for + mounting filesystems (such as CDROMs) when a connection is opened. + + + +preexec +preexec close + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexecclose.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexecclose.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e0f11b567a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/rootpreexecclose.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This is the same as the preexec close + parameter except that the command is run as root. + + +preexec +preexec close + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/setdirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/setdirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e7b379a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/setdirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + If set directory = no, then users of the + service may not use the setdir command to change directory. + + + + The setdir command is only implemented + in the Digital Pathworks client. See the Pathworks documentation + for details. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/socketaddress.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/socketaddress.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7566380e70 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/socketaddress.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This option allows you to control what + address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to + support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each + with a different configuration. + + By default Samba will accept connections on any + address. + + + +192.168.2.20 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/timeoffset.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/timeoffset.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1afc514e60 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/timeoffset.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This parameter is a setting in minutes to add + to the normal GMT to local time conversion. This is useful if + you are serving a lot of PCs that have incorrect daylight + saving time handling. + + +0 +60 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareallowguests.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareallowguests.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..738f3a11ba --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareallowguests.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed + to be accessed by non-authenticated users or not. It is the equivalent + of allowing people who can create a share the option of setting + guest ok = yes in a share + definition. Due to the security sensitive nature of this the default + is set to off. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharemaxshares.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharemaxshares.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ed76283e61 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharemaxshares.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares + that are allowed to be created by users belonging to the group owning the + usershare directory. If set to zero (the default) user defined shares are ignored. + + + +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareowneronly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareowneronly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4aab43a0da --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareowneronly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by + a user defined shares must be owned by the user creating the + user defined share or not. If set to True (the default) then + smbd checks that the directory path being shared is owned by + the user who owns the usershare file defining this share and + refuses to create the share if not. If set to False then no + such check is performed and any directory path may be exported + regardless of who owns it. + + + +True + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharepath.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharepath.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9e0bfe57d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharepath.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the + filesystem used to store the user defined share definition files. + This directory must be owned by root, and have no access for + other, and be writable only by the group owner. In addition the + "sticky" bit must also be set, restricting rename and delete to + owners of a file (in the same way the /tmp directory is usually configured). + Members of the group owner of this directory are the users allowed to create + usershares. If this parameter is undefined then no user defined + shares are allowed. + + + For example, a valid usershare directory might be /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares, + set up as follows. + + + + ls -ld /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares/ + drwxrwx--T 2 root power_users 4096 2006-05-05 12:27 /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares/ + + + + In this case, only members of the group "power_users" can create user defined shares. + + + +NULL + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixallowlist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixallowlist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bacc2e9530 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixallowlist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames + the root of which are allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. + If the pathname exported doesn't start with one of the strings in this + list the user defined share will not be allowed. This allows the Samba + administrator to restrict the directories on the system that can be + exported by user defined shares. + + + If there is a "usershare prefix deny list" and also a + "usershare prefix allow list" the deny list is processed + first, followed by the allow list, thus leading to the most + restrictive interpretation. + + + +NULL +/home /data /space + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixdenylist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixdenylist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..75d4ba9afc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usershareprefixdenylist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames + the root of which are NOT allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. + If the pathname exported starts with one of the strings in this + list the user defined share will not be allowed. Any pathname not + starting with one of these strings will be allowed to be exported + as a usershare. This allows the Samba administrator to restrict the + directories on the system that can be exported by user defined shares. + + + If there is a "usershare prefix deny list" and also a + "usershare prefix allow list" the deny list is processed + first, followed by the allow list, thus leading to the most + restrictive interpretation. + + + +NULL +/etc /dev /private + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharetemplateshare.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharetemplateshare.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..efe2e81d22 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/usersharetemplateshare.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + User defined shares only have limited possible parameters + such as path, guest ok etc. This parameter allows usershares to + "cloned" from an existing share. If "usershare template share" + is set to the name of an existing share, then all usershares + created have their defaults set from the parameters set on this + share. + + + The target share may be set to be invalid for real file + sharing by setting the parameter "-valid = False" on the template + share definition. This causes it not to be seen as a real exported + share but to be able to be used as a template for usershares. + + + +NULL +template_share + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmp.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmp.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..67c02cc64c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmp.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + + This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled + with the option --with-utmp. If set to + yes then Samba will attempt to add utmp or utmpx records + (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a connection is made to a Samba server. + Sites may use this to record the user connecting to a Samba share. + + + + Due to the requirements of the utmp record, we are required to create a unique + identifier for the incoming user. Enabling this option creates an n^2 algorithm + to find this number. This may impede performance on large installations. + + + +utmp directory + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmpdirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmpdirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b02fc93bf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/utmpdirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This parameter is only available if Samba has + been configured and compiled with the option + --with-utmp. It specifies a directory pathname that is + used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that + record user connections to a Samba server. By default this is + not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the + native system is set to use (usually + /var/run/utmp on Linux). + + +utmp + +Determined automatically +/var/run/utmp + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/valid.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/valid.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2f92f6367c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/valid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This parameter indicates whether a share is + valid and thus can be used. When this parameter is set to false, + the share will be in no way visible nor accessible. + + + + This option should not be + used by regular users but might be of help to developers. + Samba uses this option internally to mark shares as deleted. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volume.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volume.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3385e704c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/volume.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + This allows you to override the volume label + returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs + that insist on a particular volume label. + + +the name of the share + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/widelinks.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/widelinks.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fb707c1950 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/widelinks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether or not links + in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server. Links + that point to areas within the directory tree exported by the + server are always allowed; this parameter controls access only + to areas that are outside the directory tree being exported. + + Note that setting this parameter can have a negative + effect on your server performance due to the extra system calls + that Samba has to do in order to perform the link checks. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/wtmpdirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/wtmpdirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f58b522573 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/wtmpdirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option + --with-utmp. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on + the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server. The difference with the utmp directory is the fact + that user info is kept after a user has logged out. + + + + By default this is not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the native system is set to use (usually + /var/run/wtmp on Linux). + + + +utmp + +/var/log/wtmp + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addportcommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addportcommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..294ea8e188 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addportcommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + Samba 3.0.23 introduced support for adding printer ports + remotely using the Windows "Add Standard TCP/IP Port Wizard". + This option defines an external program to be executed when + smbd receives a request to add a new Port to the system. + The script is passed two parameters: + + + port name + device URI + + + The deviceURI is in the for of socket://<hostname>[:<portnumber>] + or lpd://<hostname>/<queuename>. + + +enum ports command + + +/etc/samba/scripts/addport.sh + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ed3c5aa3be --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + + With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing + support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, The MS Add + Printer Wizard (APW) icon is now also available in the + "Printers..." folder displayed a share listing. The APW + allows for printers to be add remotely to a Samba or Windows + NT/2000 print server. + + For a Samba host this means that the printer must be + physically added to the underlying printing system. The add + printer command defines a script to be run which + will perform the necessary operations for adding the printer + to the print system and to add the appropriate service definition + to the smb.conf file in order that it can be + shared by smbd + 8. + + The addprinter command is + automatically invoked with the following parameter (in + order): + + + printer name + share name + port name + driver name + location + Windows 9x driver location + + + All parameters are filled in from the PRINTER_INFO_2 structure sent + by the Windows NT/2000 client with one exception. The "Windows 9x + driver location" parameter is included for backwards compatibility + only. The remaining fields in the structure are generated from answers + to the APW questions. + + Once the addprinter command has + been executed, smbd will reparse the + smb.conf to determine if the share defined by the APW + exists. If the sharename is still invalid, then smbd + will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client. + + + The "add printer command" program can output a single line of text, + which Samba will set as the port the new printer is connected to. + If this line isn't output, Samba won't reload its printer shares. + + + + +deleteprinter command +printing +show add printer wizard + + +/usr/bin/addprinter + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsoptions.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsoptions.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..616e273266 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsoptions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + This parameter is only applicable if is + set to cups. Its value is a free form string of options + passed directly to the cups library. + + + + You can pass any generic print option known to CUPS (as listed + in the CUPS "Software Users' Manual"). You can also pass any printer + specific option (as listed in "lpoptions -d printername -l") + valid for the target queue. + Multiple parameters should be space-delimited name/value pairs according to + the PAPI text option ABNF specification. Collection values + ("name={a=... b=... c=...}") are stored with the curley brackets intact. + + + + You should set this parameter to raw if your CUPS server + error_log file contains messages such as + "Unsupported format 'application/octet-stream'" when printing from a Windows client + through Samba. It is no longer necessary to enable + system wide raw printing in /etc/cups/mime.{convs,types}. + + + + +"" +"raw media=a4" + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsserver.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsserver.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b31db33eac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/cupsserver.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + This parameter is only applicable if is set to cups. + + + + If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS client.conf. This is + necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons. + + + Optionally, a port can be specified by separating the server name + and port number with a colon. If no port was specified, + the default port for IPP (631) will be used. + + + + +"" +mycupsserver +mycupsserver:1631 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/defaultdevmode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/defaultdevmode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..218ddcb356 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/defaultdevmode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + This parameter is only applicable to services. + When smbd is serving Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba + server has a Device Mode which defines things such as paper size and + orientation and duplex settings. The device mode can only correctly be + generated by the printer driver itself (which can only be executed on a + Win32 platform). Because smbd is unable to execute the driver code + to generate the device mode, the default behavior is to set this field + to NULL. + + + Most problems with serving printer drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients + can be traced to a problem with the generated device mode. Certain drivers + will do things such as crashing the client's Explorer.exe with a NULL devmode. + However, other printer drivers can cause the client's spooler service + (spoolsv.exe) to die if the devmode was not created by the driver itself + (i.e. smbd generates a default devmode). + + + This parameter should be used with care and tested with the printer + driver in question. It is better to leave the device mode to NULL + and let the Windows client set the correct values. Because drivers do not + do this all the time, setting default devmode = yes + will instruct smbd to generate a default one. + + + For more information on Windows NT/2k printing and Device Modes, + see the MSDN documentation. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b48ab5700d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer + support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now + possible to delete printer at run time by issuing the + DeletePrinter() RPC call. + + For a Samba host this means that the printer must be + physically deleted from underlying printing system. The + defines a script to be run which + will perform the necessary operations for removing the printer + from the print system and from smb.conf. + + + The is + automatically called with only one parameter: . + + + Once the has + been executed, smbd will reparse the + smb.conf to associated printer no longer exists. + If the sharename is still valid, then smbd + will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client. + + +addprinter command +printing +show add printer wizard + + +/usr/bin/removeprinter + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/disablespoolss.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/disablespoolss.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9367eae8b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/disablespoolss.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support + for the SPOOLSS set of MS-RPC's and will yield identical behavior + as Samba 2.0.x. Windows NT/2000 clients will downgrade to using + Lanman style printing commands. Windows 9x/ME will be unaffected by + the parameter. However, this will also disable the ability to upload + printer drivers to a Samba server via the Windows NT Add Printer + Wizard or by using the NT printer properties dialog window. It will + also disable the capability of Windows NT/2000 clients to download + print drivers from the Samba host upon demand. + Be very careful about enabling this parameter. + + + +use client driver + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enumportscommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enumportscommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..41db739544 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/enumportscommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign + to UNIX hosts. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port + is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of + a local port (i.e. LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:) or a remote port + (i.e. LPD Port Monitor, etc...). By default, Samba has only one + port defined--"Samba Printer Port". Under + Windows NT/2000, all printers must have a valid port name. + If you wish to have a list of ports displayed (smbd + does not use a port name for anything) other than + the default "Samba Printer Port", you + can define enumports command to point to + a program which should generate a list of ports, one per line, + to standard output. This listing will then be used in response + to the level 1 and 2 EnumPorts() RPC. + + + +/usr/bin/listports + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/forceprintername.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/forceprintername.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..453feedc78 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/forceprintername.xml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + When printing from Windows NT (or later), + each printer in smb.conf has two + associated names which can be used by the client. The first + is the sharename (or shortname) defined in smb.conf. This + is the only printername available for use by Windows 9x clients. + The second name associated with a printer can be seen when + browsing to the "Printers" (or "Printers and Faxes") folder + on the Samba server. This is referred to simply as the printername + (not to be confused with the printer name option). + + + When assigning a new driver to a printer on a remote + Windows compatible print server such as Samba, the Windows client + will rename the printer to match the driver name just uploaded. + This can result in confusion for users when multiple + printers are bound to the same driver. To prevent Samba from + allowing the printer's printername to differ from the sharename + defined in smb.conf, set force printername = yes. + + + Be aware that enabling this parameter may affect migrating + printers from a Windows server to Samba since Windows has no way to + force the sharename and printername to match. + + It is recommended that this parameter's value not be changed + once the printer is in use by clients as this could cause a user + not be able to delete printer connections from their local Printers + folder. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/iprintserver.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/iprintserver.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..81c7ca55a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/iprintserver.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + This parameter is only applicable if is set to iprint. + + + + If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS client.conf. This is + necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons. + + + +"" +MYCUPSSERVER + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/loadprinters.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/loadprinters.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e40ebee18 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/loadprinters.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + A boolean variable that controls whether all + printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default. + See the section for + more details. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lppausecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lppausecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0bb66226f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lppausecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the command to be + executed on the server host in order to stop printing or spooling + a specific print job. + + This command should be a program or script which takes + a printer name and job number to pause the print job. One way + of implementing this is by using job priorities, where jobs + having a too low priority won't be sent to the printer. + + If a %p is given then the printer name + is put in its place. A %j is replaced with + the job number (an integer). On HPUX (see printing=hpux + ), if the -p%p option is added + to the lpq command, the job will show up with the correct status, i.e. + if the job priority is lower than the set fence priority it will + have the PAUSED status, whereas if the priority is equal or higher it + will have the SPOOLED or PRINTING status. + + Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path + in the lppause command as the PATH may not be available to the server. + + +printing + +Currently no default value is given to + this string, unless the value of the + parameter is SYSV, in which case the default is : + lp -i %p-%j -H hold or if the value of the + printing parameter is + SOFTQ, then the default is: + qstat -s -j%j -h. +/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcachetime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a64937906 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcachetime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + This controls how long lpq info will be cached + for to prevent the lpq command being called too + often. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the + lpq command used by the system, so if you use different + lpq commands for different users then they won't + share cache information. + + The cache files are stored in /tmp/lpq.xxxx + where xxxx is a hash of the lpq command in use. + + The default is 30 seconds, meaning that the cached results + of a previous identical lpq command will be used + if the cached data is less than 30 seconds old. A large value may + be advisable if your lpq command is very slow. + +A value of 0 will disable caching completely. + + +printing + +30 +10 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8c06b75898 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpqcommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the command to be + executed on the server host in order to obtain lpq + -style printer status information. + + This command should be a program or script which + takes a printer name as its only parameter and outputs printer + status information. + + Currently nine styles of printer status information + are supported; BSD, AIX, LPRNG, PLP, SYSV, HPUX, QNX, CUPS, and SOFTQ. + This covers most UNIX systems. You control which type is expected + using the printing = option. + + Some clients (notably Windows for Workgroups) may not + correctly send the connection number for the printer they are + requesting status information about. To get around this, the + server reports on the first printer service connected to by the + client. This only happens if the connection number sent is invalid. + + If a %p is given then the printer name + is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the + command. + + Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path + in the lpq command as the $PATH + may not be available to the server. When compiled with + the CUPS libraries, no lpq command is + needed because smbd will make a library call to obtain the + print queue listing. + + +printing + +/usr/bin/lpq -P%p + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpresumecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpresumecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..706a999b1f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lpresumecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the command to be + executed on the server host in order to restart or continue + printing or spooling a specific print job. + + This command should be a program or script which takes + a printer name and job number to resume the print job. See + also the parameter. + + If a %p is given then the printer name + is put in its place. A %j is replaced with + the job number (an integer). + + Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path + in the lpresume command as the PATH may not + be available to the server. + + See also the parameter. + + Default: Currently no default value is given + to this string, unless the value of the printing + parameter is SYSV, in which case the default is: + + lp -i %p-%j -H resume + + or if the value of the printing parameter + is SOFTQ, then the default is: + + qstat -s -j%j -r + + +/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lprmcommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lprmcommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0b8375f94d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/lprmcommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the command to be + executed on the server host in order to delete a print job. + + This command should be a program or script which takes + a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job. + + If a %p is given then the printer name + is put in its place. A %j is replaced with + the job number (an integer). + + Note that it is good practice to include the absolute + path in the lprm command as the PATH may not be + available to the server. + + + Examples of use are: + +lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm -P%p %j + +or + +lprm command = /usr/bin/cancel %p-%j + + + + +printing + + determined by printing parameter + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxprintjobs.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxprintjobs.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..51801620e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxprintjobs.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This parameter limits the maximum number of + jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment. + If this number is exceeded, smbd + 8 will remote "Out of Space" to the client. + + + +1000 +5000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxreportedprintjobs.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxreportedprintjobs.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34a5eb71c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/maxreportedprintjobs.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + This parameter limits the maximum number of jobs displayed in a port monitor for + Samba printer queue at any given moment. If this number is exceeded, the excess + jobs will not be shown. A value of zero means there is no limit on the number of + print jobs reported. + + + +max print jobs + +0 +1000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/os2drivermap.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/os2drivermap.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a578d3af44 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/os2drivermap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + The parameter is used to define the absolute + path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver + names to OS/2 printer driver names. The format is: + + <nt driver name> = <os2 driver name>.<device name> + + For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5 + printer driver would appear as HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP + LaserJet 5L. + + + The need for the file is due to the printer driver namespace problem described in + the chapter on Classical Printing in the Samba3-HOWTO book. For more + details on OS/2 clients, please refer to chapter on other clients in the Samba3-HOWTO book. + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printable.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printable.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..73aa533ed3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printable.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + +print ok + + If this parameter is yes, then + clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory + specified for the service. + + Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing + to the service path (user privileges permitting) via the spooling + of print data. The parameter controls only non-printing access to + the resource. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapcachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapcachetime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7dcd1b62d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapcachetime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing + subsystem is again asked for the known printers. If the value + is greater than 60 the initial waiting time is set to 60 seconds + to allow an earlier first rescan of the printing subsystem. + + + Setting this parameter to 0 disables any rescanning for new + or removed printers after the initial startup. + + + + +750 +600 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90c575f31c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + +printcap + + + This parameter may be used to override the compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually + /etc/printcap). See the discussion of the [printers] section above for reasons why you might want to do this. + + + + To use the CUPS printing interface set printcap name = cups . This should + be supplemented by an addtional setting cups in the [global] + section. printcap name = cups will use the "dummy" printcap + created by CUPS, as specified in your CUPS configuration file. + + + + On System V systems that use lpstat to + list available printers you can use printcap name = lpstat + to automatically obtain lists of available printers. This + is the default for systems that define SYSV at configure time in + Samba (this includes most System V based systems). If + printcap name is set to lpstat on + these systems then Samba will launch lpstat -v and + attempt to parse the output to obtain a printer list. + + + + A minimal printcap file would look something like this: + +print1|My Printer 1 +print2|My Printer 2 +print3|My Printer 3 +print4|My Printer 4 +print5|My Printer 5 + + where the '|' separates aliases of a printer. The fact that the second alias has a space in + it gives a hint to Samba that it's a comment. + + + + Under AIX the default printcap name is /etc/qconfig. Samba will + assume the file is in AIX qconfig format if the string qconfig appears in the printcap filename. + + + + +/etc/printcap +/etc/myprintcap + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..461d6de8e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ + + + After a print job has finished spooling to + a service, this command will be used via a system() + call to process the spool file. Typically the command specified will + submit the spool file to the host's printing subsystem, but there + is no requirement that this be the case. The server will not remove + the spool file, so whatever command you specify should remove the + spool file when it has been processed, otherwise you will need to + manually remove old spool files. + + The print command is simply a text string. It will be used + verbatim after macro substitutions have been made: + + %s, %f - the path to the spool + file name + + %p - the appropriate printer + name + + %J - the job + name as transmitted by the client. + + %c - The number of printed pages + of the spooled job (if known). + + %z - the size of the spooled + print job (in bytes) + + The print command MUST contain at least + one occurrence of %s or %f + - the %p is optional. At the time + a job is submitted, if no printer name is supplied the %p + will be silently removed from the printer command. + + If specified in the [global] section, the print command given + will be used for any printable service that does not have its own + print command specified. + + If there is neither a specified print command for a + printable service nor a global print command, spool files will + be created but not processed and (most importantly) not removed. + + Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the + nobody account. If this happens then create + an alternative guest account that can print and set the + in the [global] section. + + You can form quite complex print commands by realizing + that they are just passed to a shell. For example the following + will log a print job, print the file, then remove it. Note that + ';' is the usual separator for command in shell scripts. + + print command = echo Printing %s >> + /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s + + You may have to vary this command considerably depending + on how you normally print files on your system. The default for + the parameter varies depending on the setting of the + parameter. + + Default: For printing = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG + or PLP : + print command = lpr -r -P%p %s + + For printing = SYSV or HPUX : + print command = lp -c -d%p %s; rm %s + + For printing = SOFTQ : + print command = lp -d%p -s %s; rm %s + + For printing = CUPS : If SAMBA is compiled against + libcups, then cups + uses the CUPS API to + submit jobs, etc. Otherwise it maps to the System V + commands with the -oraw option for printing, i.e. it + uses lp -c -d%p -oraw; rm %s. + With printing = cups, + and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any manually + set print command will be ignored. + + +/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printername.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printername.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fad127cad1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printername.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + printer + + + This parameter specifies the name of the printer to which print jobs spooled through a printable service + will be sent. + + + + If specified in the [global] section, the printer name given will be used for any printable service that + does not have its own printer name specified. + + + + The default value of the may be lp on many + systems. + + + +none +laserwriter + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printing.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printing.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3be0f42939 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printing.xml @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + This parameters controls how printer status information is + interpreted on your system. It also affects the default values for + the print command, lpq command, lppause command , lpresume command, and lprm command if specified in the + [global] section. + + Currently nine printing styles are supported. They are + BSD, AIX, + LPRNG, PLP, + SYSV, HPUX, + QNX, SOFTQ, + and CUPS. + + To see what the defaults are for the other print + commands when using the various options use the testparm + 1 program. + + This option can be set on a per printer basis. Please be + aware however, that you must place any of the various printing + commands (e.g. print command, lpq command, etc...) after defining + the value for the printing option since it will + reset the printing commands to default values. + + See also the discussion in the + [printers] section. + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printjobusername.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printjobusername.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8f72fee8c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printjobusername.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This parameter specifies which user information will be + passed to the printing system. Usually, the username is sent, + but in some cases, e.g. the domain prefix is useful, too. + + +printing + +%D\%U +%U + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queuepausecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queuepausecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aee822ea80 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queuepausecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the command to be + executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue. + + This command should be a program or script which takes + a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue, + such that no longer jobs are submitted to the printer. + + This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups, + but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95 + and NT. + + If a %p is given then the printer name + is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command. + + + Note that it is good practice to include the absolute + path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the + server. + + +disable %p + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queueresumecommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queueresumecommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6593c2289 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/queueresumecommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the command to be + executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It + is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the + previous parameter (). + + This command should be a program or script which takes + a printer name as its only parameter and resumes the printer queue, + such that queued jobs are resubmitted to the printer. + + This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups, + but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95 + and NT. + + If a %p is given then the printer name + is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the + command. + + Note that it is good practice to include the absolute + path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the + server. + + + +enable %p + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/showaddprinterwizard.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/showaddprinterwizard.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..293cf9d1aa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/showaddprinterwizard.xml @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support + for Windows NT/2000 client in Samba 2.2, a "Printers..." folder will + appear on Samba hosts in the share listing. Normally this folder will + contain an icon for the MS Add Printer Wizard (APW). However, it is + possible to disable this feature regardless of the level of privilege + of the connected user. + + Under normal circumstances, the Windows NT/2000 client will + open a handle on the printer server with OpenPrinterEx() asking for + Administrator privileges. If the user does not have administrative + access on the print server (i.e is not root or a member of the + printer admin group), the OpenPrinterEx() + call fails and the client makes another open call with a request for + a lower privilege level. This should succeed, however the APW + icon will not be displayed. + + Disabling the show add printer wizard + parameter will always cause the OpenPrinterEx() on the server + to fail. Thus the APW icon will never be displayed. + +This does not prevent the same user from having + administrative privilege on an individual printer. + + +addprinter command +deleteprinter command +printer admin + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/useclientdriver.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/useclientdriver.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..99e8556811 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/useclientdriver.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 + clients. It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients. When + serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing + a valid printer driver on the Samba host, the client will be required + to install a local printer driver. From this point on, the client + will treat the print as a local printer and not a network printer + connection. This is much the same behavior that will occur + when disable spoolss = yes. + + + The differentiating factor is that under normal + circumstances, the NT/2000 client will attempt to open the network + printer using MS-RPC. The problem is that because the client + considers the printer to be local, it will attempt to issue the + OpenPrinterEx() call requesting access rights associated with the + logged on user. If the user possesses local administator rights but + not root privilege on the Samba host (often the case), the + OpenPrinterEx() call will fail. The result is that the client will + now display an "Access Denied; Unable to connect" message + in the printer queue window (even though jobs may successfully be + printed). + + If this parameter is enabled for a printer, then any attempt + to open the printer with the PRINTER_ACCESS_ADMINISTER right is mapped + to PRINTER_ACCESS_USE instead. Thus allowing the OpenPrinterEx() + call to succeed. This parameter MUST not be able enabled + on a print share which has valid print driver installed on the Samba + server. + + +disable spoolss + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclcheckpermissions.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclcheckpermissions.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6916261759 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclcheckpermissions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls what smbd + 8does on receiving a protocol request of "open for delete" + from a Windows client. If a Windows client doesn't have permissions to delete a file then they + expect this to be denied at open time. POSIX systems normally only detect restrictions on delete by + actually attempting to delete the file or directory. As Windows clients can (and do) "back out" a + delete request by unsetting the "delete on close" bit Samba cannot delete the file immediately + on "open for delete" request as we cannot restore such a deleted file. With this parameter set to + true (the default) then smbd checks the file system permissions directly on "open for delete" and denies the + request without actually deleting the file if the file system permissions would seem to deny it. + This is not perfect, as it's possible a user could have deleted a file without Samba being able to + check the permissions correctly, but it is close enough to Windows semantics for mostly correct + behaviour. Samba will correctly check POSIX ACL semantics in this case. + + If this parameter is set to "false" Samba doesn't check permissions on "open for delete" + and allows the open. If the user doesn't have permission to delete the file this will only be + discovered at close time, which is too late for the Windows user tools to display an error message + to the user. The symptom of this is files that appear to have been deleted "magically" re-appearing + on a Windows explorer refersh. This is an extremely advanced protocol option which should not + need to be changed. This parameter was introduced in its final form in 3.0.21, an earlier version + with slightly different semantics was introduced in 3.0.20. That older version is not documented here. + + +True + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclmapfullcontrol.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclmapfullcontrol.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c38ac3cfbf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/aclmapfullcontrol.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + + This boolean parameter controls whether smbd + 8maps a POSIX ACE entry of "rwx" (read/write/execute), the maximum + allowed POSIX permission set, into a Windows ACL of "FULL CONTROL". If this parameter is set to true any POSIX + ACE entry of "rwx" will be returned in a Windows ACL as "FULL CONTROL", is this parameter is set to false any + POSIX ACE entry of "rwx" will be returned as the specific Windows ACL bits representing read, write and + execute. + + +True + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/announceas.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/announceas.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8891496194 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/announceas.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This specifies what type of server nmbd + 8 will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse + list. By default this is set to Windows NT. The valid options + are : "NT Server" (which can also be written as "NT"), + "NT Workstation", "Win95" or "WfW" meaning Windows NT Server, + Windows NT Workstation, Windows 95 and Windows for Workgroups + respectively. Do not change this parameter unless you have a + specific need to stop Samba appearing as an NT server as this + may prevent Samba servers from participating as browser servers + correctly. + + +NT Server +Win95 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/announceversion.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/announceversion.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ecdcd4c734 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/announceversion.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This specifies the major and minor version numbers + that nmbd will use when announcing itself as a server. The default + is 4.9. Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific + need to set a Samba server to be a downlevel server. + +4.9 +2.0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientusespnego.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientusespnego.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c688a656f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/clientusespnego.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This variable controls whether Samba clients will try + to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with + supporting servers (including WindowsXP, Windows2000 and Samba + 3.0) to agree upon an authentication + mechanism. This enables Kerberos authentication in particular. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/defersharingviolations.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/defersharingviolations.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f54916c776 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/defersharingviolations.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + Windows allows specifying how a file will be shared with + other processes when it is opened. Sharing violations occur when + a file is opened by a different process using options that violate + the share settings specified by other processes. This parameter causes + smbd to act as a Windows server does, and defer returning a "sharing + violation" error message for up to one second, allowing the client + to close the file causing the violation in the meantime. + + + UNIX by default does not have this behaviour. + + + There should be no reason to turn off this parameter, as it is + designed to enable Samba to more correctly emulate Windows. + + + +True + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/disablenetbios.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/disablenetbios.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e78cb8c4f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/disablenetbios.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support + in Samba. Netbios is the only available form of browsing in + all windows versions except for 2000 and XP. + + Clients that only support netbios won't be able to + see your samba server when netbios support is disabled. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/easupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/easupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ba210fdac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/easupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether smbd + 8 will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended + attributes on a share. In order to enable this parameter the underlying filesystem exported by + the share must support extended attributes (such as provided on XFS and EXT3 on Linux, with the + correct kernel patches). On Linux the filesystem must have been mounted with the mount + option user_xattr in order for extended attributes to work, also + extended attributes must be compiled into the Linux kernel. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/enableasusupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/enableasusupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cd4f30fb8d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/enableasusupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product + require some special accomodations such as creating a builting [ADMIN$] + share that only supports IPC connections. The has been the default + behavior in smbd for many years. However, certain Microsoft applications + such as the Print Migrator tool require that the remote server support + an [ADMIN$} file share. Disabling this parameter allows for creating + an [ADMIN$] file share in smb.conf. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/eventloglist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/eventloglist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e98559bc17 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/eventloglist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + This option defines a list of log names that Samba will + report to the Microsoft EventViewer utility. The listed + eventlogs will be associated with tdb file on disk in the + $(lockdir)/eventlog. + + + + The administrator must use an external process to parse the normal + Unix logs such as /var/log/messages + and write then entries to the eventlog tdb files. Refer to the + eventlogadm(8) utility for how to write eventlog entries. + + + + +Security Application Syslog Apache + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/largereadwrite.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/largereadwrite.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..12be741322 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/largereadwrite.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This parameter determines whether or not + smbd + 8 supports the new 64k + streaming read and write varient SMB requests introduced with + Windows 2000. Note that due to Windows 2000 client redirector bugs + this requires Samba to be running on a 64-bit capable operating + system such as IRIX, Solaris or a Linux 2.4 kernel. Can improve + performance by 10% with Windows 2000 clients. Defaults to on. Not as + tested as some other Samba code paths. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/mapaclinherit.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/mapaclinherit.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef0b4eb6d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/mapaclinherit.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether smbd + 8 will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected' + access control entry flags stored in Windows ACLs into an extended attribute + called user.SAMBA_PAI. This parameter only takes effect if Samba is being run + on a platform that supports extended attributes (Linux and IRIX so far) and + allows the Windows 2000 ACL editor to correctly use inheritance with the Samba + POSIX ACL mapping code. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxmux.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxmux.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71998c974f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxmux.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This option controls the maximum number of + outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client + it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter. + + +50 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxprotocol.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxprotocol.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e785909147 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxprotocol.xml @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest + protocol level that will be supported by the server. + + Possible values are : + + + CORE: Earliest version. No + concept of user names. + + + + COREPLUS: Slight improvements on + CORE for efficiency. + + + + LANMAN1: First + modern version of the protocol. Long filename + support. + + + + LANMAN2: Updates to Lanman1 protocol. + + + + NT1: Current up to date version of the protocol. + Used by Windows NT. Known as CIFS. + + + + Normally this option should not be set as the automatic + negotiation phase in the SMB protocol takes care of choosing + the appropriate protocol. + + +min protocol +protocol + +NT1 +LANMAN1 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxttl.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxttl.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..00f735d3a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxttl.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This option tells nmbd + 8 what the default 'time to live' + of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when nmbd is + requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server. You should + never need to change this parameter. The default is 3 days. + +259200 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxwinsttl.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxwinsttl.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..09935cdd9b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxwinsttl.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This option tells smbd + 8 when acting as a WINS server + (yes) what the maximum + 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that nmbd + will grant will be (in seconds). You should never need to change this + parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds). + + +min wins ttl +518400 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxxmit.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxxmit.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3804ae21e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/maxxmit.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This option controls the maximum packet size + that will be negotiated by Samba. The default is 16644, which + matches the behavior of Windows 2000. A value below 2048 is likely to cause problems. + You should never need to change this parameter from its default value. + + + +16644 +8192 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minprotocol.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minprotocol.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0bec282467 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minprotocol.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + The value of the parameter (a string) is the + lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support. Please refer + to the + parameter for a list of valid protocol names and a brief description + of each. You may also wish to refer to the C source code in + source/smbd/negprot.c for a listing of known protocol + dialects supported by clients. + + If you are viewing this parameter as a security measure, you should + also refer to the parameter. Otherwise, you should never need + to change this parameter. + + +CORE +NT1 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minreceivefilesize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minreceivefilesize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2df6c178db --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minreceivefilesize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + +This option changes the behavior of smbd +8 when processing SMBwriteX calls. Any incoming +SMBwriteX call on a non-signed SMB/CIFS connection greater than this value will not be processed in the normal way but will +be passed to any underlying kernel recvfile or splice system call (if there is no such +call Samba will emulate in user space). This allows zero-copy writes directly from network +socket buffers into the filesystem buffer cache, if available. It may improve performance +but user testing is recommended. If set to zero Samba processes SMBwriteX calls in the +normal way. To enable POSIX large write support (SMB/CIFS writes up to 16Mb) this option must be +nonzero. The maximum value is 128k. Values greater than 128k will be silently set to 128k. +Note this option will have NO EFFECT if set on a SMB signed connection. +The default is zero, which diables this option. + + +min receivefile size +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minwinsttl.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minwinsttl.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..38fbd7b0eb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/minwinsttl.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This option tells nmbd + 8 + when acting as a WINS server (yes) what the minimum 'time to live' + of NetBIOS names that nmbd will grant will be (in + seconds). You should never need to change this parameter. The default + is 6 hours (21600 seconds). + + +21600 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nameresolveorder.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nameresolveorder.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9b1ad075b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/nameresolveorder.xml @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + This option is used by the programs in the Samba + suite to determine what naming services to use and in what order + to resolve host names to IP addresses. Its main purpose to is to + control how netbios name resolution is performed. The option takes a space + separated string of name resolution options. + + The options are: "lmhosts", "host", + "wins" and "bcast". They cause names to be + resolved as follows: + + + + + lmhosts : Lookup an IP address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has + no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see the manpage for lmhosts for details) then + any name type matches for lookup. + + + + + + host : Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using the system + /etc/hosts , NIS, or DNS lookups. This method of name resolution is + operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the /etc/nsswitch.conf file. Note that this method is used only if the NetBIOS name + type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type or 0x1c (domain controllers). The latter case is only + useful for active directory domains and results in a DNS query for the SRV RR entry matching + _ldap._tcp.domain. + + + + + wins : Query a name with + the IP address listed in the + wins server parameter. If no WINS server has + been specified this method will be ignored. + + + + bcast : Do a broadcast on + each of the known local interfaces listed in the + parameter. This is the least reliable of the name resolution + methods as it depends on the target host being on a locally + connected subnet. + + + + The example below will cause the local lmhosts file to be examined + first, followed by a broadcast attempt, followed by a normal + system hostname lookup. + + When Samba is functioning in ADS security mode (security = ads) + it is advised to use following settings for name resolve order: + + name resolve order = wins bcast + + DC lookups will still be done via DNS, but fallbacks to netbios names will + not inundate your DNS servers with needless querys for DOMAIN<0x1c> lookups. + + + +lmhosts host wins bcast +lmhosts bcast host + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntaclsupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntaclsupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1e9cedf931 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntaclsupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether smbd + 8 will attempt to map + UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists. The UNIX + permissions considered are the the traditional UNIX owner and + group permissions, as well as POSIX ACLs set on any files or + directories. This parameter was formally a global parameter in + releases prior to 2.2.2. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntpipesupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntpipesupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7c310846b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntpipesupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether + smbd + 8 will allow Windows NT + clients to connect to the NT SMB specific IPC$ + pipes. This is a developer debugging option and can be left + alone. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntstatussupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntstatussupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4dfc142e2e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/ntstatussupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether smbd + 8 will negotiate NT specific status + support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer debugging option and should be left alone. + If this option is set to no then Samba offers + exactly the same DOS error codes that versions prior to Samba 2.2.3 + reported. + + You should not need to ever disable this parameter. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/profileacls.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/profileacls.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c6f0c9ebf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/profileacls.xml @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + This boolean parameter was added to fix the problems that people have been + having with storing user profiles on Samba shares from Windows 2000 or + Windows XP clients. New versions of Windows 2000 or Windows XP service + packs do security ACL checking on the owner and ability to write of the + profile directory stored on a local workstation when copied from a Samba + share. + + + + When not in domain mode with winbindd then the security info copied + onto the local workstation has no meaning to the logged in user (SID) on + that workstation so the profile storing fails. Adding this parameter + onto a share used for profile storage changes two things about the + returned Windows ACL. Firstly it changes the owner and group owner + of all reported files and directories to be BUILTIN\\Administrators, + BUILTIN\\Users respectively (SIDs S-1-5-32-544, S-1-5-32-545). Secondly + it adds an ACE entry of "Full Control" to the SID BUILTIN\\Users to + every returned ACL. This will allow any Windows 2000 or XP workstation + user to access the profile. + + + + Note that if you have multiple users logging + on to a workstation then in order to prevent them from being able to access + each others profiles you must remove the "Bypass traverse checking" advanced + user right. This will prevent access to other users profile directories as + the top level profile directory (named after the user) is created by the + workstation profile code and has an ACL restricting entry to the directory + tree to the owning user. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/readraw.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/readraw.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ca23075ee --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/readraw.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether or not the server + will support the raw read SMB requests when transferring data + to clients. + + If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in + one packet. This typically provides a major performance benefit. + + + However, some clients either negotiate the allowable + block size incorrectly or are incapable of supporting larger block + sizes, and for these clients you may need to disable raw reads. + +In general this parameter should be viewed as a system tuning + tool and left severely alone. + + +yes + +write raw + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smbports.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smbports.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aaf4919db0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/smbports.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic. + + +445 139 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/svcctllist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/svcctllist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..660a280088 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/svcctllist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd + will use for starting and stopping Unix services via the Win32 + ServiceControl API. This allows Windows administrators to + utilize the MS Management Console plug-ins to manage a + Unix server running Samba. + + The administrator must create a directory + name svcctl in Samba's $(libdir) + and create symbolic links to the init scripts in + /etc/init.d/. The name of the links + must match the names given as part of the svcctl list. + + + + +cups postfix portmap httpd + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/timeserver.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/timeserver.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93d89183b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/timeserver.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This parameter determines if nmbd + 8 advertises itself as a time server to Windows +clients. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/unixextensions.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/unixextensions.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5b4a36a401 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/unixextensions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether Samba + implments the CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP. + These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX CIFS clients + by supporting features such as symbolic links, hard links, etc... + These extensions require a similarly enabled client, and are of + no current use to Windows clients. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/usespnego.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/usespnego.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8fb559c177 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/usespnego.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + This variable controls controls whether samba will try + to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with + WindowsXP and Windows2000 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism. + + + + Unless further issues are discovered with our SPNEGO + implementation, there is no reason this should ever be + disabled. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/writeraw.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/writeraw.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f299fa8483 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/protocol/writeraw.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether or not the server + will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients. + You should never need to change this parameter. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e2600ca9da --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + In a POSIX filesystem, only the owner of a file or directory and the superuser can modify the permissions + and ACLs on a file. If this parameter is set, then Samba overrides this restriction, and also allows the + primary group owner of a file or directory to modify the permissions and ACLs + on that file. + + + On a Windows server, groups may be the owner of a file or directory - thus allowing anyone in + that group to modify the permissions on it. This allows the delegation of security controls + on a point in the filesystem to the group owner of a directory and anything below it also owned + by that group. This means there are multiple people with permissions to modify ACLs on a file + or directory, easing managability. + + + This parameter allows Samba to also permit delegation of the control over a point in the exported + directory hierarchy in much the same way as Windows. This allows all members of a UNIX group to + control the permissions on a file or directory they have group ownership on. + + + + This parameter is best used with the option and also + on on a share containing directories with the UNIX setgid bit set + on them, which causes new files and directories created within it to inherit the group + ownership from the containing directory. + + + + This is parameter has been marked deprecated in Samba 3.0.23. The same behavior is now + implemented by the dos filemode option. + + + + +inherit owner +inherit permissions + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/adminusers.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/adminusers.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8f14b6d74 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/adminusers.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This is a list of users who will be granted + administrative privileges on the share. This means that they + will do all file operations as the super-user (root). + + You should use this option very carefully, as any user in + this list will be able to do anything they like on the share, + irrespective of file permissions. + + This parameter will not work with the share in + Samba 3.0. This is by design. + + + + +jason + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/algorithmicridbase.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/algorithmicridbase.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..24a3150024 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/algorithmicridbase.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This determines how Samba will use its + algorithmic mapping from uids/gid to the RIDs needed to construct + NT Security Identifiers. + + + Setting this option to a larger value could be useful to sites + transitioning from WinNT and Win2k, as existing user and + group rids would otherwise clash with sytem users etc. + + + All UIDs and GIDs must be able to be resolved into SIDs for + the correct operation of ACLs on the server. As such the algorithmic + mapping can't be 'turned off', but pushing it 'out of the way' should + resolve the issues. Users and groups can then be assigned 'low' RIDs + in arbitrary-rid supporting backends. + + + +1000 +100000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/allowtrusteddomains.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/allowtrusteddomains.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..57bf1d2422 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/allowtrusteddomains.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + This option only takes effect when the option is set to + server, domain or ads. + If it is set to no, then attempts to connect to a resource from + a domain or workgroup other than the one which smbd is running + in will fail, even if that domain is trusted by the remote server + doing the authentication. + + This is useful if you only want your Samba server to + serve resources to users in the domain it is a member of. As + an example, suppose that there are two domains DOMA and DOMB. DOMB + is trusted by DOMA, which contains the Samba server. Under normal + circumstances, a user with an account in DOMB can then access the + resources of a UNIX account with the same account name on the + Samba server even if they do not have an account in DOMA. This + can make implementing a security boundary difficult. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/authmethods.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/authmethods.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39d211dbd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/authmethods.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + + This option allows the administrator to chose what authentication methods smbd + will use when authenticating a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on . + This should be considered a developer option and used only in rare circumstances. In the majority (if not all) + of production servers, the default setting should be adequate. + + + + Each entry in the list attempts to authenticate the user in turn, until + the user authenticates. In practice only one method will ever actually + be able to complete the authentication. + + + + Possible options include guest (anonymous access), + sam (lookups in local list of accounts based on netbios + name or domain name), winbind (relay authentication requests + for remote users through winbindd), ntdomain (pre-winbindd + method of authentication for remote domain users; deprecated in favour of winbind method), + trustdomain (authenticate trusted users by contacting the + remote DC directly from smbd; deprecated in favour of winbind method). + + + + +guest sam winbind + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9169891c29 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + The name of a program that can be used to check password + complexity. The password is sent to the program's standrad input. + + The program must return 0 on good password any other value otherwise. + In case the password is considered weak (the program do not return 0) the + user will be notified and the password change will fail. + + Note: In the example directory there is a sample program called crackcheck + that uses cracklib to checkpassword quality. + + + +Disabled +check password script = /usr/local/sbin/crackcheck + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientlanmanauth.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientlanmanauth.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5266fef6a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientlanmanauth.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + This parameter determines whether or not smbclient + 8 and other samba client + tools will attempt to authenticate itself to servers using the + weaker LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only server which support NT + password hashes (e.g. Windows NT/2000, Samba, etc... but not + Windows 95/98) will be able to be connected from the Samba client. + + The LANMAN encrypted response is easily broken, due to it's + case-insensitive nature, and the choice of algorithm. Clients + without Windows 95/98 servers are advised to disable + this option. + + Disabling this option will also disable the client plaintext auth option + + Likewise, if the client ntlmv2 + auth parameter is enabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be + attempted. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientntlmv2auth.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientntlmv2auth.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9f0627abbf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientntlmv2auth.xml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + This parameter determines whether or not smbclient + 8 will attempt to + authenticate itself to servers using the NTLMv2 encrypted password + response. + + If enabled, only an NTLMv2 and LMv2 response (both much more + secure than earlier versions) will be sent. Many servers + (including NT4 < SP4, Win9x and Samba 2.2) are not compatible with + NTLMv2. + + Similarly, if enabled, NTLMv1, client lanman auth and client plaintext auth + authentication will be disabled. This also disables share-level + authentication. + + If disabled, an NTLM response (and possibly a LANMAN response) + will be sent by the client, depending on the value of client lanman auth. + + Note that some sites (particularly + those following 'best practice' security polices) only allow NTLMv2 + responses, and not the weaker LM or NTLM. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientplaintextauth.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientplaintextauth.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c4061559db --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientplaintextauth.xml @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + + Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext + password if the server does not support encrypted passwords. + +no + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientschannel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientschannel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e229182f97 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientschannel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + + This controls whether the client offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. + no does not offer the schannel, + auto offers the schannel but does not + enforce it, and yes denies access + if the server is not able to speak netlogon schannel. + + +auto +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsigning.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsigning.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bf37cbb874 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/clientsigning.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + This controls whether the client offers or requires + the server it talks to to use SMB signing. Possible values + are auto, mandatory + and disabled. + + + When set to auto, SMB signing is offered, but not enforced. + When set to mandatory, SMB signing is required and if set + to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either. + + + +auto + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/createmask.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/createmask.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf6864c78e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/createmask.xml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + +create mode + + + When a file is created, the necessary permissions are calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to + UNIX permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this parameter. This parameter may + be thought of as a bit-wise MASK for the UNIX modes of a file. Any bit not set here will + be removed from the modes set on a file when it is created. + + + + The default value of this parameter removes the group and other + write and execute bits from the UNIX modes. + + + + Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created from this parameter with the value of the + parameter which is set to 000 by default. + + + + This parameter does not affect directory masks. See the parameter + for details. + + + + Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the + administrator wishes to enforce a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the . + + + +force create mode +directory mode +inherit permissions + +0744 +0775 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorymask.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorymask.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b67f79214 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorymask.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + +directory mode + + This parameter is the octal modes which are + used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX + directories. + + When a directory is created, the necessary permissions are + calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX permissions, + and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this + parameter. This parameter may be thought of as a bit-wise MASK for + the UNIX modes of a directory. Any bit not set + here will be removed from the modes set on a directory when it is + created. + + The default value of this parameter removes the 'group' + and 'other' write bits from the UNIX mode, allowing only the + user who owns the directory to modify it. + + Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode + created from this parameter with the value of the parameter. + This parameter is set to 000 by default (i.e. no extra mode bits are added). + + Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions + set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce + a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the . + + +force directory mode +create mask +directory security mask +inherit permissions +0755 +0775 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorysecuritymask.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorysecuritymask.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5ed85ae3f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/directorysecuritymask.xml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits + will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX + permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog + box. + + + This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to the incoming permission bits, thus resetting + any bits not in this mask. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with , which works similar like this one but uses logical OR instead of AND. + Essentially, zero bits in this mask are a set of bits that will always be set to zero. + + + + Essentially, all bits set to zero in this mask will result in setting to zero the corresponding bits on the + file permissions regardless of the previous status of this bits on the file. + + + If not set explicitly this parameter is set to 0777 + meaning a user is allowed to set all the user/group/world + permissions on a directory. + + Note that users who can access the + Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, + so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems. + Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave + it as the default of 0777. + + +force directory security mode +security mask +force security mode +0777 +0700 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/encryptpasswords.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/encryptpasswords.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1a631fd098 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/encryptpasswords.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords + will be negotiated with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and + above and also Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords + unless a registry entry is changed. To use encrypted passwords in + Samba see the chapter "User Database" in the Samba HOWTO Collection. + + + + MS Windows clients that expect Microsoft encrypted passwords and that + do not have plain text password support enabled will be able to + connect only to a Samba server that has encrypted password support + enabled and for which the user accounts have a valid encrypted password. + Refer to the smbpasswd command man page for information regarding the + creation of encrypted passwords for user accounts. + + + + The use of plain text passwords is NOT advised as support for this feature + is no longer maintained in Microsoft Windows products. If you want to use + plain text passwords you must set this parameter to no. + + + In order for encrypted passwords to work correctly + smbd + 8 must either + have access to a local smbpasswd + 5 file (see the smbpasswd + 8 program for information on how to set up + and maintain this file), or set the [server|domain|ads] parameter which + causes smbd to authenticate against another + server. + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a6449fe21 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit + permissions that will always be set on a + file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto + the mode bits of a file that is being created or having its + permissions changed. The default for this parameter is (in octal) + 000. The modes in this parameter are bitwise 'OR'ed onto the file + mode after the mask set in the create mask + parameter is applied. + + The example below would force all created files to have read and execute + permissions set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the + read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'. + + + +create mask +inherit permissions + +000 +0755 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorymode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorymode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7effc0e399 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorymode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit + permissions that will always be set on a directory + created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the + mode bits of a directory that is being created. The default for this + parameter is (in octal) 0000 which will not add any extra permission + bits to a created directory. This operation is done after the mode + mask in the parameter directory mask is + applied. + + The example below would force all created directories to have read and execute + permissions set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the + read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'. + + +000 +0755 + +directory mask +inherit permissions + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorysecuritymode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorysecuritymode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c15ec2753 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcedirectorysecuritymode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating + the UNIX permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog box. + + + + This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the changed permission bits, thus forcing any bits in this + mask that the user may have modified to be on. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with , which works in a similar manner to this one, but uses a logical AND instead + of an OR. + + + + Essentially, this mask may be treated as a set of bits that, when modifying security on a directory, + to will enable (1) any flags that are off (0) but which the mask has set to on (1). + + + + If not set explicitly this parameter is 0000, which allows a user to modify all the user/group/world + permissions on a directory without restrictions. + + + + Users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, so it is + primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems. Administrators of most normal systems will + probably want to leave it set as 0000. + + + + +0 +700 + +directory security mask +security mask +force security mode + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcegroup.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcegroup.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6c9974f99 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcegroup.xml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + +group + + This specifies a UNIX group name that will be + assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting + to this service. This is useful for sharing files by ensuring + that all access to files on service will use the named group for + their permissions checking. Thus, by assigning permissions for this + group to the files and directories within this service the Samba + administrator can restrict or allow sharing of these files. + + In Samba 2.0.5 and above this parameter has extended + functionality in the following way. If the group name listed here + has a '+' character prepended to it then the current user accessing + the share only has the primary group default assigned to this group + if they are already assigned as a member of that group. This allows + an administrator to decide that only users who are already in a + particular group will create files with group ownership set to that + group. This gives a finer granularity of ownership assignment. For + example, the setting force group = +sys means + that only users who are already in group sys will have their default + primary group assigned to sys when accessing this Samba share. All + other users will retain their ordinary primary group. + + + If the parameter is also set the group specified in + force group will override the primary group + set in force user. + + + +force user + + +agroup + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcesecuritymode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcesecuritymode.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7451ef91ae --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcesecuritymode.xml @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating + the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. + + + + This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the changed permission bits, thus forcing any bits in this + mask that the user may have modified to be on. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with , which works similar like this one but uses logical AND instead of OR. + + + + Essentially, one bits in this mask may be treated as a set of bits that, when modifying security on a file, + the user has always set to be on. + + + + If not set explicitly this parameter is set to 0, and allows a user to modify all the user/group/world + permissions on a file, with no restrictions. + + + + Note that users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this + restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems. Administrators of most + normal systems will probably want to leave this set to 0000. + + + + +0 +700 + +force directory security mode +directory security mask +security mask + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceunknownacluser.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceunknownacluser.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c0949f052 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceunknownacluser.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + + If this parameter is set, a Windows NT ACL that contains an unknown SID (security descriptor, or + representation of a user or group id) as the owner or group owner of the file will be silently + mapped into the current UNIX uid or gid of the currently connected user. + + + + This is designed to allow Windows NT clients to copy files and folders containing ACLs that were + created locally on the client machine and contain users local to that machine only (no domain + users) to be copied to a Samba server (usually with XCOPY /O) and have the unknown userid and + groupid of the file owner map to the current connected user. This can only be fixed correctly + when winbindd allows arbitrary mapping from any Windows NT SID to a UNIX uid or gid. + + + + Try using this parameter when XCOPY /O gives an ACCESS_DENIED error. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceuser.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceuser.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f1ec5d449c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forceuser.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This specifies a UNIX user name that will be + assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service. + This is useful for sharing files. You should also use it carefully + as using it incorrectly can cause security problems. + + This user name only gets used once a connection is established. + Thus clients still need to connect as a valid user and supply a + valid password. Once connected, all file operations will be performed + as the "forced user", no matter what username the client connected + as. This can be very useful. + + In Samba 2.0.5 and above this parameter also causes the + primary group of the forced user to be used as the primary group + for all file activity. Prior to 2.0.5 the primary group was left + as the primary group of the connecting user (this was a bug). + + + +force group + +auser + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestaccount.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestaccount.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8132835a82 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestaccount.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + This is a username which will be used for access + to services which are specified as (see below). Whatever privileges this + user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service. + This user must exist in the password file, but does not require + a valid login. The user account "ftp" is often a good choice + for this parameter. + + + On some systems the default guest account "nobody" may not + be able to print. Use another account in this case. You should test + this by trying to log in as your guest user (perhaps by using the + su - command) and trying to print using the + system print command such as lpr(1) or + lp(1). + + This parameter does not accept % macros, because + many parts of the system require this value to be + constant for correct operation. + +nobodydefault can be changed at compile-time +ftp + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestok.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestok.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7cbf4e50bb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestok.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + +public + + If this parameter is yes for + a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. + Privileges will be those of the . + + This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting + 2 + + + See the section below on for more information about this option. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestonly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..258eba9267 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/guestonly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + +only guest + + If this parameter is yes for + a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted. + This parameter will have no effect if is not set for the service. + + See the section below on for more information about this option. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsallow.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsallow.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..849b515f46 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsallow.xml @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + +allow hosts + + A synonym for this parameter is . + + This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited + set of hosts which are permitted to access a service. + + If specified in the [global] section then it will + apply to all services, regardless of whether the individual + service has a different setting. + + You can specify the hosts by name or IP number. For + example, you could restrict access to only the hosts on a + Class C subnet with something like allow hosts = 150.203.5.. + The full syntax of the list is described in the man + page hosts_access(5). Note that this man + page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will + be given here also. + + Note that the localhost address 127.0.0.1 will always + be allowed access unless specifically denied by a option. + + You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and + by netgroup names if your system supports netgroups. The + EXCEPT keyword can also be used to limit a + wildcard list. The following examples may provide some help: + +Example 1: allow all IPs in 150.203.*.*; except one + + hosts allow = 150.203. EXCEPT 150.203.6.66 + + Example 2: allow hosts that match the given network/netmask + + hosts allow = 150.203.15.0/255.255.255.0 + + Example 3: allow a couple of hosts + + hosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur + + Example 4: allow only hosts in NIS netgroup "foonet", but + deny access from one particular host + + hosts allow = @foonet + + hosts deny = pirate + + Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords. + + See testparm + 1 for a way of testing your host access + to see if it does what you expect. + + + + +150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au +none (i.e., all hosts permitted access) + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsdeny.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsdeny.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..136f86c9c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/hostsdeny.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + +deny hosts + + The opposite of hosts allow + - hosts listed here are NOT permitted access to + services unless the specific services have their own lists to override + this one. Where the lists conflict, the allow + list takes precedence. + + + In the event that it is necessary to deny all by default, use the keyword + ALL (or the netmask 0.0.0.0/0) and then explicitly specify + to the hosts allow parameter those hosts + that should be permitted access. + + + +none (i.e., no hosts specifically excluded) + +150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritacls.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritacls.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..44afa8a3e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritacls.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls + exist on parent directories, they are always honored when creating a + new file or subdirectory in these parent directories. The default + behavior is to use the unix mode specified when creating the directory. + Enabling this option sets the unix mode to 0777, thus guaranteeing that + default directory acls are propagated. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritowner.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritowner.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ba4fc617cb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritowner.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + The ownership of new files and directories + is normally governed by effective uid of the connected user. + This option allows the Samba administrator to specify that + the ownership for new files and directories should be controlled + by the ownership of the parent directory. + + Common scenarios where this behavior is useful is in + implementing drop-boxes where users can create and edit files but not + delete them and to ensure that newly create files in a user's + roaming profile directory are actually owner by the user. + + +inherit permissions + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritpermissions.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritpermissions.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6e09f4f033 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/inheritpermissions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + The permissions on new files and directories are normally governed by , + , and but the boolean inherit permissions parameter overrides this. + + + New directories inherit the mode of the parent directory, + including bits such as setgid. + + + New files inherit their read/write bits from the parent directory. Their execute bits continue to be + determined by , and as usual. + + + Note that the setuid bit is never set via + inheritance (the code explicitly prohibits this). + + This can be particularly useful on large systems with + many users, perhaps several thousand, to allow a single [homes] + share to be used flexibly by each user. + + +create mask +directory mask +force create mode +force directory mode + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/invalidusers.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/invalidusers.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f4ed66f314 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/invalidusers.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + This is a list of users that should not be allowed + to login to this service. This is really a paranoid + check to absolutely ensure an improper setting does not breach + your security. + + A name starting with a '@' is interpreted as an NIS + netgroup first (if your system supports NIS), and then as a UNIX + group if the name was not found in the NIS netgroup database. + + A name starting with '+' is interpreted only + by looking in the UNIX group database via the NSS getgrnam() interface. A name starting with + '&' is interpreted only by looking in the NIS netgroup database + (this requires NIS to be working on your system). The characters + '+' and '&' may be used at the start of the name in either order + so the value +&group means check the + UNIX group database, followed by the NIS netgroup database, and + the value &+group means check the NIS + netgroup database, followed by the UNIX group database (the + same as the '@' prefix). + + The current servicename is substituted for %S. + This is useful in the [homes] section. + + +valid users + +no invalid users +root fred admin @wheel + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lanmanauth.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lanmanauth.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..341952205f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/lanmanauth.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + + + This parameter determines whether or not smbd + 8 will attempt to + authenticate users or permit password changes + using the LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only clients which support NT + password hashes (e.g. Windows NT/2000 clients, smbclient, but not + Windows 95/98 or the MS DOS network client) will be able to + connect to the Samba host. + + The LANMAN encrypted response is easily broken, due to it's + case-insensitive nature, and the choice of algorithm. Servers + without Windows 95/98/ME or MS DOS clients are advised to disable + this option. + + Unlike the encrypt + passwords option, this parameter cannot alter client + behaviour, and the LANMAN response will still be sent over the + network. See the client lanman + auth to disable this for Samba's clients (such as smbclient) + + If this option, and ntlm + auth are both disabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be + permited. Not all clients support NTLMv2, and most will require + special configuration to use it. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/maptoguest.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/maptoguest.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f680ae71c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/maptoguest.xml @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ + + + This parameter is only useful in + security modes other than security = share + and security = server + - i.e. user, and domain. + + This parameter can take four different values, which tell + smbd + 8 what to do with user + login requests that don't match a valid UNIX user in some way. + + The four settings are : + + + + Never - Means user login + requests with an invalid password are rejected. This is the + default. + + + + Bad User - Means user + logins with an invalid password are rejected, unless the username + does not exist, in which case it is treated as a guest login and + mapped into the . + + + + Bad Password - Means user logins + with an invalid password are treated as a guest login and mapped + into the . Note that + this can cause problems as it means that any user incorrectly typing + their password will be silently logged on as "guest" - and + will not know the reason they cannot access files they think + they should - there will have been no message given to them + that they got their password wrong. Helpdesk services will + hate you if you set the map to + guest parameter this way :-). + + + Bad Uid - Is only applicable when Samba is configured + in some type of domain mode security (security = {domain|ads}) and means that + user logins which are successfully authenticated but which have no valid Unix + user account (and smbd is unable to create one) should be mapped to the defined + guest account. This was the default behavior of Samba 2.x releases. Note that + if a member server is running winbindd, this option should never be required + because the nss_winbind library will export the Windows domain users and groups + to the underlying OS via the Name Service Switch interface. + + + + Note that this parameter is needed to set up "Guest" + share services when using security modes other than + share and server. This is because in these modes the name of the resource being + requested is not sent to the server until after + the server has successfully authenticated the client so the server + cannot make authentication decisions at the correct time (connection + to the share) for "Guest" shares. This parameter is not useful with + security = server as in this security mode + no information is returned about whether a user logon failed due to + a bad username or bad password, the same error is returned from a modern server + in both cases. + + For people familiar with the older Samba releases, this + parameter maps to the old compile-time setting of the + GUEST_SESSSETUP value in local.h. + + +Never +Bad User + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ebcdad72a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + This parameter determines whether or not smbd + 8 will attempt to + authenticate users using the NTLM encrypted password response. + If disabled, either the lanman password hash or an NTLMv2 response + will need to be sent by the client. + + If this option, and lanman + auth are both disabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be + permited. Not all clients support NTLMv2, and most will require + special configuration to us it. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nullpasswords.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nullpasswords.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..402114e259 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/nullpasswords.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. + + See also smbpasswd + 5. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/obeypamrestrictions.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/obeypamrestrictions.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..40777f4f5d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/obeypamrestrictions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support + (i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba + should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The + default behavior is to use PAM for clear text authentication only + and to ignore any account or session management. Note that Samba + always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of yes. The reason + is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response + authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB password encryption. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/onlyuser.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/onlyuser.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b1ef1b7606 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/onlyuser.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + This is a boolean option that controls whether + connections with usernames not in the user + list will be allowed. By default this option is disabled so that a + client can supply a username to be used by the server. Enabling + this parameter will force the server to only use the login + names from the user list and is only really + useful in share level security. + + Note that this also means Samba won't try to deduce + usernames from the service name. This can be annoying for + the [homes] section. To get around this you could use user = + %S which means your user list + will be just the service name, which for home directories is the + name of the user. + + +user + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/pampasswordchange.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/pampasswordchange.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e5c04d405c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/pampasswordchange.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2, + this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control + flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password + changes when requested by an SMB client instead of the program listed in + . + It should be possible to enable this without changing your + parameter for most setups. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbbackend.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbbackend.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..487d8b8a9d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbbackend.xml @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ + + + + This option allows the administrator to chose which backend + will be used for storing user and possibly group information. This allows + you to swap between different storage mechanisms without recompile. + + The parameter value is divided into two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location' + string that has meaning only to that particular backed. These are separated + by a : character. + + Available backends can include: + + + smbpasswd - The default smbpasswd + backend. Takes a path to the smbpasswd file as an optional argument. + + + + + tdbsam - The TDB based password storage + backend. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb + in the directory. + + + + ldapsam - The LDAP based passdb + backend. Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to + ldap://localhost) + + LDAP connections should be secured where possible. This may be done using either + Start-TLS (see ) or by + specifying ldaps:// in + the URL argument. + + Multiple servers may also be specified in double-quotes. + Whether multiple servers are supported or not and the exact + syntax depends on the LDAP library you use. + + + + + + + Examples of use are: + +passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb + +or multi server LDAP URL with OpenLDAP library: + +passdb backend = ldapsam:"ldap://ldap-1.example.com ldap://ldap-2.example.com" + +or multi server LDAP URL with Netscape based LDAP library: + +passdb backend = ldapsam:"ldap://ldap-1.example.com ldap-2.example.com" + + + +smbpasswd + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbexpandexplicit.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbexpandexplicit.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08c893191a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passdbexpandexplicit.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + This parameter controls whether Samba substitutes %-macros in the passdb fields if they are explicitly set. We + used to expand macros here, but this turned out to be a bug because the Windows client can expand a variable + %G_osver% in which %G would have been substituted by the user's primary group. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..da18142dfa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + + + This string controls the "chat" + conversation that takes places between smbd + 8 and the local password changing + program to change the user's password. The string describes a + sequence of response-receive pairs that smbd + 8 uses to determine what to send to the + and what to expect back. If the expected output is not + received then the password is not changed. + + This chat sequence is often quite site specific, depending + on what local methods are used for password control (such as NIS + etc). + + Note that this parameter only is only used if the parameter is set to yes. This sequence is + then called AS ROOT when the SMB password in the + smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old password + cleartext. This means that root must be able to reset the user's password without + knowing the text of the previous password. In the presence of + NIS/YP, this means that the must + be executed on the NIS master. + + + The string can contain the macro %n which is substituted + for the new password. The old passsword (%o) is only available when + has been disabled. + The chat sequence can also contain the standard macros + \n, \r, \t and \s to give line-feed, carriage-return, tab + and space. The chat sequence string can also contain + a '*' which matches any sequence of characters. Double quotes can + be used to collect strings with spaces in them into a single + string. + + If the send string in any part of the chat sequence is a full + stop ".", then no string is sent. Similarly, if the + expect string is a full stop then no string is expected. + + If the parameter is set to yes, the + chat pairs may be matched in any order, and success is determined by the PAM result, not any particular + output. The \n macro is ignored for PAM conversions. + + + + +unix password sync +passwd program +passwd chat debug +pam password change + +*new*password* %n\n*new*password* %n\n *changed* +"*Enter NEW password*" %n\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\n "*Password changed*" + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchatdebug.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchatdebug.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..24bcbdba10 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchatdebug.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script + parameter is run in debug mode. In this mode the + strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed + in the smbd + 8 log with a + + of 100. This is a dangerous option as it will allow plaintext passwords + to be seen in the smbd log. It is available to help + Samba admins debug their passwd chat scripts + when calling the passwd program and should + be turned off after this has been done. This option has no effect if the + + parameter is set. This parameter is off by default. + + +passwd chat +pam password change +passwd program + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchattimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchattimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c371aa2c88 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchattimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial + answer from a passwd chat script being run. Once the initial answer is received + the subsequent answers must be received in one tenth of this time. The default it + two seconds. + + +2 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdprogram.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdprogram.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4158c1b7a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdprogram.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + The name of a program that can be used to set + UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of %u + will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for + existence before calling the password changing program. + + Also note that many passwd programs insist in reasonable + passwords, such as a minimum length, or the inclusion + of mixed case chars and digits. This can pose a problem as some clients + (such as Windows for Workgroups) uppercase the password before sending + it. + + Note that if the unix + password sync parameter is set to yes + then this program is called AS ROOT + before the SMB password in the smbpasswd + file is changed. If this UNIX password change fails, then + smbd will fail to change the SMB password also + (this is by design). + + If the unix password sync parameter + is set this parameter MUST USE ABSOLUTE PATHS + for ALL programs called, and must be examined + for security implications. Note that by default unix + password sync is set to no. + + + unix password symc + + +/bin/passwd %u + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordlevel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordlevel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1da11e406b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordlevel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + Some client/server combinations have difficulty + with mixed-case passwords. One offending client is Windows for + Workgroups, which for some reason forces passwords to upper + case when using the LANMAN1 protocol, but leaves them alone when + using COREPLUS! Another problem child is the Windows 95/98 + family of operating systems. These clients upper case clear + text passwords even when NT LM 0.12 selected by the protocol + negotiation request/response. + + This parameter defines the maximum number of characters + that may be upper case in passwords. + + For example, say the password given was "FRED". If + password level is set to 1, the following combinations + would be tried if "FRED" failed: + + "Fred", "fred", "fRed", "frEd","freD" + + If password level was set to 2, + the following combinations would also be tried: + + "FRed", "FrEd", "FreD", "fREd", "fReD", "frED", .. + + And so on. + + The higher value this parameter is set to the more likely + it is that a mixed case password will be matched against a single + case password. However, you should be aware that use of this + parameter reduces security and increases the time taken to + process a new connection. + + A value of zero will cause only two attempts to be + made - the password as is and the password in all-lower case. + + This parameter is used only when using plain-text passwords. It is + not at all used when encrypted passwords as in use (that is the default + since samba-3.0.0). Use this only when No. + + +0 +4 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..188cea88d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ + + + By specifying the name of another SMB server + or Active Directory domain controller with this option, + and using security = [ads|domain|server] + it is possible to get Samba to + to do all its username/password validation using a specific remote server. + + This option sets the name or IP address of the password server to use. + New syntax has been added to support defining the port to use when connecting + to the server the case of an ADS realm. To define a port other than the + default LDAP port of 389, add the port number using a colon after the + name or IP address (e.g. 192.168.1.100:389). If you do not specify a port, + Samba will use the standard LDAP port of tcp/389. Note that port numbers + have no effect on password servers for Windows NT 4.0 domains or netbios + connections. + + If parameter is a name, it is looked up using the + parameter and so may resolved + by any method and order described in that parameter. + + The password server must be a machine capable of using + the "LM1.2X002" or the "NT LM 0.12" protocol, and it must be in + user level security mode. + + Using a password server means your UNIX box (running + Samba) is only as secure as your password server. DO NOT + CHOOSE A PASSWORD SERVER THAT YOU DON'T COMPLETELY TRUST. + + + Never point a Samba server at itself for password serving. + This will cause a loop and could lock up your Samba server! + + The name of the password server takes the standard + substitutions, but probably the only useful one is %m + , which means the Samba server will use the incoming + client as the password server. If you use this then you better + trust your clients, and you had better restrict them with hosts allow! + + If the security parameter is set to + domain or ads, then the list of machines in this + option must be a list of Primary or Backup Domain controllers for the + Domain or the character '*', as the Samba server is effectively + in that domain, and will use cryptographically authenticated RPC calls + to authenticate the user logging on. The advantage of using + security = domain is that if you list several hosts in the + password server option then smbd + will try each in turn till it finds one that responds. This + is useful in case your primary server goes down. + + If the password server option is set + to the character '*', then Samba will attempt to auto-locate the + Primary or Backup Domain controllers to authenticate against by + doing a query for the name WORKGROUP<1C> + and then contacting each server returned in the list of IP + addresses from the name resolution source. + + If the list of servers contains both names/IP's and the '*' + character, the list is treated as a list of preferred + domain controllers, but an auto lookup of all remaining DC's + will be added to the list as well. Samba will not attempt to optimize + this list by locating the closest DC. + + If the security parameter is + set to server, then there are different + restrictions that security = domain doesn't + suffer from: + + + + You may list several password servers in + the password server parameter, however if an + smbd makes a connection to a password server, + and then the password server fails, no more users will be able + to be authenticated from this smbd. This is a + restriction of the SMB/CIFS protocol when in security = server + mode and cannot be fixed in Samba. + + + + If you are using a Windows NT server as your + password server then you will have to ensure that your users + are able to login from the Samba server, as when in + security = server mode the network logon will appear to + come from there rather than from the users workstation. + + + + +security + +NT-PDC, NT-BDC1, NT-BDC2, * +windc.mydomain.com:389 192.168.1.101 * +* + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/preloadmodules.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/preloadmodules.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d985a1995 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/preloadmodules.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This is a list of paths to modules that should + be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves + the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. + + + +/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/printeradmin.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/printeradmin.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0dd9929c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/printeradmin.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + This lists users who can do anything to printers + via the remote administration interfaces offered + by MS-RPC (usually using a NT workstation). + This parameter can be set per-share or globally. + Note: The root user always has admin rights. Use + caution with use in the global stanza as this can + cause side effects. + + + + This parameter has been marked deprecated in favor + of using the SePrintOperatorPrivilege and individual + print security descriptors. It will be removed in a future release. + + + + + +admin, @staff + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/privatedir.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/privatedir.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0cbcfad59 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/privatedir.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + This parameters defines the directory + smbd will use for storing such files as smbpasswd + and secrets.tdb. + + + +${prefix}/private + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readlist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readlist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..df6b4f129b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readlist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + + This is a list of users that are given read-only access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list + then they will not be given write access, no matter what the option is set + to. The list can include group names using the syntax described in the + parameter. + + + This parameter will not work with the share in + Samba 3.0. This is by design. + + +write list +invalid users + + +mary, @students + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readonly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6e1f6dd2b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/readonly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + An inverted synonym is . + + If this parameter is yes, then users + of a service may not create or modify files in the service's + directory. + + Note that a printable service (printable = yes) + will ALWAYS allow writing to the directory + (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/renameuserscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/renameuserscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1ec1dcb6eb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/renameuserscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + + + + This is the full pathname to a script that will be run as root by smbd + 8 under special circumstances described below. + + + + When a user with admin authority or SeAddUserPrivilege rights renames a user (e.g.: from the NT4 User Manager + for Domains), this script will be run to rename the POSIX user. Two variables, %uold and + %unew, will be substituted with the old and new usernames, respectively. The script should + return 0 upon successful completion, and nonzero otherwise. + + + + The script has all responsibility to rename all the necessary data that is accessible in this posix method. + This can mean different requirements for different backends. The tdbsam and smbpasswd backends will take care + of the contents of their respective files, so the script is responsible only for changing the POSIX username, and + other data that may required for your circumstances, such as home directory. Please also consider whether or + not you need to rename the actual home directories themselves. The ldapsam backend will not make any changes, + because of the potential issues with renaming the LDAP naming attribute. In this case the script is + responsible for changing the attribute that samba uses (uid) for locating users, as well as any data that + needs to change for other applications using the same directory. + + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/restrictanonymous.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/restrictanonymous.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1fbf983d54 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/restrictanonymous.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + The setting of this parameter determines whether user and + group list information is returned for an anonymous connection. + and mirrors the effects of the + +HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\ + Control\LSA\RestrictAnonymous + + registry key in Windows 2000 and Windows NT. When set to 0, user + and group list information is returned to anyone who asks. When set + to 1, only an authenticated user can retrive user and + group list information. For the value 2, supported by + Windows 2000/XP and Samba, no anonymous connections are allowed at + all. This can break third party and Microsoft + applications which expect to be allowed to perform + operations anonymously. + + + The security advantage of using restrict anonymous = 1 is dubious, + as user and group list information can be obtained using other + means. + + + + + The security advantage of using restrict anonymous = 2 is removed + by setting yes on any share. + + + + +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rootdirectory.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rootdirectory.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8736598001 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/rootdirectory.xml @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + +root +root dir + + The server will chroot() (i.e. + Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is + not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the + server will deny access to files not in one of the service entries. + It may also check for, and deny access to, soft links to other + parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use ".." in file names + to access other directories (depending on the setting of the + parameter). + + + Adding a root directory entry other + than "/" adds an extra level of security, but at a price. It + absolutely ensures that no access is given to files not in the + sub-tree specified in the root directory + option, including some files needed for + complete operation of the server. To maintain full operability + of the server you will need to mirror some system files + into the root directory tree. In particular + you will need to mirror /etc/passwd (or a + subset of it), and any binaries or configuration files needed for + printing (if required). The set of files that must be mirrored is + operating system dependent. + + +/ +/homes/smb + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/security.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/security.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ad5175712 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/security.xml @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ + + + /(yes|true)/ + + + This option affects how clients respond to + Samba and is one of the most important settings in the + smb.conf file. + + The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to + protocol negotiations with smbd + 8 to turn share level security on or off. Clients decide + based on this bit whether (and how) to transfer user and password + information to the server. + + + The default is security = user, as this is + the most common setting needed when talking to Windows 98 and + Windows NT. + + The alternatives are security = share, + security = server or security = domain + . + + In versions of Samba prior to 2.0.0, the default was + security = share mainly because that was + the only option at one stage. + + There is a bug in WfWg that has relevance to this + setting. When in user or server level security a WfWg client + will totally ignore the username and password you type in the "connect + drive" dialog box. This makes it very difficult (if not impossible) + to connect to a Samba service as anyone except the user that + you are logged into WfWg as. + + If your PCs use usernames that are the same as their + usernames on the UNIX machine then you will want to use + security = user. If you mostly use usernames + that don't exist on the UNIX box then use security = + share. + + You should also use security = share if you + want to mainly setup shares without a password (guest shares). This + is commonly used for a shared printer server. It is more difficult + to setup guest shares with security = user, see + the parameter for details. + + It is possible to use smbd in a + hybrid mode where it is offers both user and share + level security under different . + + The different settings will now be explained. + + + SECURITY = SHARE + + When clients connect to a share level security server they + need not log onto the server with a valid username and password before + attempting to connect to a shared resource (although modern clients + such as Windows 95/98 and Windows NT will send a logon request with + a username but no password when talking to a security = share + server). Instead, the clients send authentication information + (passwords) on a per-share basis, at the time they attempt to connect + to that share. + + Note that smbd ALWAYS + uses a valid UNIX user to act on behalf of the client, even in + security = share level security. + + As clients are not required to send a username to the server + in share level security, smbd uses several + techniques to determine the correct UNIX user to use on behalf + of the client. + + A list of possible UNIX usernames to match with the given + client password is constructed using the following methods : + + + + If the parameter is set, then all the other + stages are missed and only the username is checked. + + + + + Is a username is sent with the share connection + request, then this username (after mapping - see ), + is added as a potential username. + + + + + If the client did a previous logon + request (the SessionSetup SMB call) then the + username sent in this SMB will be added as a potential username. + + + + + The name of the service the client requested is + added as a potential username. + + + + + The NetBIOS name of the client is added to + the list as a potential username. + + + + + Any users on the list are added as potential usernames. + + + + + If the guest only parameter is + not set, then this list is then tried with the supplied password. + The first user for whom the password matches will be used as the + UNIX user. + + If the guest only parameter is + set, or no username can be determined then if the share is marked + as available to the guest account, then this + guest user will be used, otherwise access is denied. + + Note that it can be very confusing + in share-level security as to which UNIX username will eventually + be used in granting access. + + See also the section + NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION. + + SECURITY = USER + + This is the default security setting in Samba 3.0. + With user-level security a client must first "log-on" with a + valid username and password (which can be mapped using the + parameter). Encrypted passwords (see the parameter) can also + be used in this security mode. Parameters such as and if set are then applied and + may change the UNIX user to use on this connection, but only after + the user has been successfully authenticated. + + Note that the name of the resource being + requested is not sent to the server until after + the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why + guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing + the server to automatically map unknown users into the . + See the parameter for details on doing this. + + See also the section NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION. + + SECURITY = DOMAIN + + This mode will only work correctly if net + 8 has been used to add this + machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the + parameter to be set to yes. In this + mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing + it to a Windows NT Primary or Backup Domain Controller, in exactly + the same way that a Windows NT Server would do. + + Note that a valid UNIX user must still + exist as well as the account on the Domain Controller to allow + Samba to have a valid UNIX account to map file access to. + + Note that from the client's point + of view security = domain is the same + as security = user. It only + affects how the server deals with the authentication, + it does not in any way affect what the client sees. + + Note that the name of the resource being + requested is not sent to the server until after + the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why + guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing + the server to automatically map unknown users into the . + See the parameter for details on doing this. + + See also the section + NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION. + + See also the parameter and + the parameter. + + SECURITY = SERVER + + + In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing it to another SMB server, such as an + NT box. If this fails it will revert to security = user. It expects the + parameter to be set to yes, unless the remote + server does not support them. However note that if encrypted passwords have been negotiated then Samba cannot + revert back to checking the UNIX password file, it must have a valid smbpasswd file to check users against. See the chapter about the User Database in + the Samba HOWTO Collection for details on how to set this up. + + + This mode of operation has + significant pitfalls since it is more vulnerable to + man-in-the-middle attacks and server impersonation. In particular, + this mode of operation can cause significant resource consuption on + the PDC, as it must maintain an active connection for the duration + of the user's session. Furthermore, if this connection is lost, + there is no way to reestablish it, and futher authentications to the + Samba server may fail (from a single client, till it disconnects). + + + From the client's point of + view security = server is the + same as security = user. It + only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does + not in any way affect what the client sees. + + Note that the name of the resource being + requested is not sent to the server until after + the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why + guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing + the server to automatically map unknown users into the . + See the parameter for details on doing this. + + See also the section + NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION. + + See also the parameter and the + parameter. + + SECURITY = ADS + + In this mode, Samba will act as a domain member in an ADS realm. To operate + in this mode, the machine running Samba will need to have Kerberos installed + and configured and Samba will need to be joined to the ADS realm using the + net utility. + + Note that this mode does NOT make Samba operate as a Active Directory Domain + Controller. + + Read the chapter about Domain Membership in the HOWTO for details. + + +realm +encrypt passwords + +USER +DOMAIN + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/securitymask.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/securitymask.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23bc2808db --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/securitymask.xml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the + UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. + + + + This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to the incoming permission bits, thus resetting + any bits not in this mask. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with , which works in a manner similar to this one but uses a logical OR instead of an AND. + + + + Essentially, all bits set to zero in this mask will result in setting to zero the corresponding bits on the + file permissions regardless of the previous status of this bits on the file. + + + + If not set explicitly this parameter is 0777, allowing a user to set all the user/group/world permissions on a file. + + + + Note that users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this + restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems. Administrators of + most normal systems will probably want to leave it set to 0777. + + + +force directory security mode +directory security mask +force security mode + +0777 +0770 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverschannel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverschannel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6317448fb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serverschannel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + This controls whether the server offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. + no does not offer the schannel, auto offers the schannel but does not enforce it, and yes denies access if the client is not able to speak netlogon schannel. + This is only the case for Windows NT4 before SP4. + + + + Please note that with this set to no you will have to apply the WindowsXP + WinXP_SignOrSeal.reg registry patch found in the docs/registry subdirectory of the Samba distribution tarball. + + + +auto +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversigning.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversigning.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f2f5629586 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/serversigning.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + + This controls whether the server offers or requires + the client it talks to to use SMB signing. Possible values + are auto, mandatory + and disabled. + + + When set to auto, SMB signing is offered, but not enforced. + When set to mandatory, SMB signing is required and if set + to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either. + + +Disabled + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbencrypt.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbencrypt.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb91ce51fa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbencrypt.xml @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + + + + This is a new feature introduced with Samba 3.2 and above. It is an + extension to the SMB/CIFS protocol negotiated as part of the UNIX extensions. + SMB encryption uses the GSSAPI (SSPI on Windows) ability to encrypt + and sign every request/response in a SMB protocol stream. When + enabled it provides a secure method of SMB/CIFS communication, + similar to an ssh protected session, but using SMB/CIFS authentication + to negotiate encryption and signing keys. Currently this is only + supported by Samba 3.2 smbclient, and hopefully soon Linux CIFSFS + and MacOS/X clients. Windows clients do not support this feature. + + + This controls whether the server offers or requires + the client it talks to to use SMB encryption. Possible values + are auto, mandatory + and disabled. This may be set on a per-share + basis, but clients may chose to encrypt the entire session, not + just traffic to a specific share. If this is set to mandatory + then all traffic to a share must must + be encrypted once the connection has been made to the share. + The server would return "access denied" to all non-encrypted + requests on such a share. Selecting encrypted traffic reduces + throughput as smaller packet sizes must be used (no huge UNIX + style read/writes allowed) as well as the overhead of encrypting + and signing all the data. + + + If SMB encryption is selected, Windows style SMB signing (see + the option) is no longer necessary, + as the GSSAPI flags use select both signing and sealing of the data. + + + When set to auto, SMB encryption is offered, but not enforced. + When set to mandatory, SMB encryption is required and if set + to disabled, SMB encryption can not be negotiated. + + +auto + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbpasswdfile.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbpasswdfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..209fa74422 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/smbpasswdfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By + default the path to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba. + + + An example of use is: + +smb passwd file = /etc/samba/smbpasswd + + + + +${prefix}/private/smbpasswd + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f30c47d90 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This boolean parameter controls whether Samba + attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password + when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed. + If this is set to yes the program specified in the passwd + programparameter is called AS ROOT - + to allow the new UNIX password to be set without access to the + old UNIX password (as the SMB password change code has no + access to the old password cleartext, only the new). + + +passwd program +passwd chat + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/updateencrypted.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/updateencrypted.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..da493665cf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/updateencrypted.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + + This boolean parameter allows a user logging on with a plaintext password to have their encrypted (hashed) + password in the smbpasswd file to be updated automatically as they log on. This option allows a site to + migrate from plaintext password authentication (users authenticate with plaintext password over the + wire, and are checked against a UNIX account atabase) to encrypted password authentication (the SMB + challenge/response authentication mechanism) without forcing all users to re-enter their passwords via + smbpasswd at the time the change is made. This is a convenience option to allow the change over to encrypted + passwords to be made over a longer period. Once all users have encrypted representations of their passwords + in the smbpasswd file this parameter should be set to no. + + + + In order for this parameter to be operative the parameter must + be set to no. The default value of Yes. Note: This must be set to no for this to work. + + + + Note that even when this parameter is set a user authenticating to smbd + must still enter a valid password in order to connect correctly, and to update their hashed (smbpasswd) + passwords. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usekerberoskeytab.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usekerberoskeytab.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad6cc88278 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usekerberoskeytab.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + Specifies whether Samba should attempt to maintain service principals in the systems + keytab file for host/FQDN and cifs/FQDN. + + + + When you are using the heimdal Kerberos libraries, you must also specify the following in + /etc/krb5.conf: + +[libdefaults] +default_keytab_name = FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab + + + + + +False + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/username.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/username.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a45d4d72f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/username.xml @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ + +user +users + + Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited + list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against + each username in turn (left to right). + + The username line is needed only when + the PC is unable to supply its own username. This is the case + for the COREPLUS protocol or where your users have different WfWg + usernames to UNIX usernames. In both these cases you may also be + better using the \\server\share%user syntax instead. + + The username line is not a great + solution in many cases as it means Samba will try to validate + the supplied password against each of the usernames in the + username line in turn. This is slow and + a bad idea for lots of users in case of duplicate passwords. + You may get timeouts or security breaches using this parameter + unwisely. + + Samba relies on the underlying UNIX security. This + parameter does not restrict who can login, it just offers hints + to the Samba server as to what usernames might correspond to the + supplied password. Users can login as whoever they please and + they will be able to do no more damage than if they started a + telnet session. The daemon runs as the user that they log in as, + so they cannot do anything that user cannot do. + + To restrict a service to a particular set of users you + can use the parameter. + + If any of the usernames begin with a '@' then the name + will be looked up first in the NIS netgroups list (if Samba + is compiled with netgroup support), followed by a lookup in + the UNIX groups database and will expand to a list of all users + in the group of that name. + + If any of the usernames begin with a '+' then the name + will be looked up only in the UNIX groups database and will + expand to a list of all users in the group of that name. + + If any of the usernames begin with a '&' then the name + will be looked up only in the NIS netgroups database (if Samba + is compiled with netgroup support) and will expand to a list + of all users in the netgroup group of that name. + + Note that searching though a groups database can take + quite some time, and some clients may time out during the + search. + + See the section NOTE ABOUT + USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION for more information on how + this parameter determines access to the services. + + +The guest account if a guest service, + else <empty string>. + +fred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamelevel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamelevel.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..adb00134d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamelevel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at + the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase + username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the + username with the first letter capitalized, and fails if the + username is not found on the UNIX machine. + + If this parameter is set to non-zero the behavior changes. + This parameter is a number that specifies the number of uppercase + combinations to try while trying to determine the UNIX user name. The + higher the number the more combinations will be tried, but the slower + the discovery of usernames will be. Use this parameter when you have + strange usernames on your UNIX machine, such as AstrangeUser + . + + This parameter is needed only on UNIX systems that have case + sensitive usernames. + + +0 +5 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemap.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemap.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..54179690be --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ + + + + This option allows you to specify a file containing a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server. + This can be used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or Windows + machines to those that the UNIX box uses. The other is to map multiple users to a single username so that they + can more easily share files. + + + + Please note that for user or share mode security, the username map is applied prior to validating the user + credentials. Domain member servers (domain or ads) apply the username map after the user has been + successfully authenticated by the domain controller and require fully qualified enties in the map table (e.g. + biddle = DOMAIN\foo). + + + + The map file is parsed line by line. Each line should contain a single UNIX username on the left then a '=' + followed by a list of usernames on the right. The list of usernames on the right may contain names of the form + @group in which case they will match any UNIX username in that group. The special client name '*' is a + wildcard and matches any name. Each line of the map file may be up to 1023 characters long. + + + + The file is processed on each line by taking the supplied username and comparing it with each username on the + right hand side of the '=' signs. If the supplied name matches any of the names on the right hand side then it + is replaced with the name on the left. Processing then continues with the next line. + + + + If any line begins with a '#' or a ';' then it is ignored. + + + + If any line begins with an '!' then the processing will stop after that line if a mapping was done by the + line. Otherwise mapping continues with every line being processed. Using '!' is most useful when you have a + wildcard mapping line later in the file. + + + + For example to map from the name admin or administrator to the UNIX + name root you would use: + +root = admin administrator + + Or to map anyone in the UNIX group system to the UNIX name sys you would use: + +sys = @system + + + + + You can have as many mappings as you like in a username map file. + + + + + If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then the netgroup database is checked before the /etc/group database for matching groups. + + + + You can map Windows usernames that have spaces in them by using double quotes around the name. For example: + +tridge = "Andrew Tridgell" + + would map the windows username "Andrew Tridgell" to the unix username "tridge". + + + + The following example would map mary and fred to the unix user sys, and map the rest to guest. Note the use of the + '!' to tell Samba to stop processing if it gets a match on that line: + +!sys = mary fred +guest = * + + + + + Note that the remapping is applied to all occurrences of usernames. Thus if you connect to \\server\fred and + fred is remapped to mary then you will actually be connecting to + \\server\mary and will need to supply a password suitable for mary not + fred. The only exception to this is the username passed to the (if you have one). The password server will receive whatever username the client + supplies without modification. + + + + Also note that no reverse mapping is done. The main effect this has is with printing. Users who have been + mapped may have trouble deleting print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think they don't own the print + job. + + + + Samba versions prior to 3.0.8 would only support reading the fully qualified username + (e.g.: DOMAIN\user) from + the username map when performing a kerberos login from a client. However, when looking up a map entry for a + user authenticated by NTLM[SSP], only the login name would be used for matches. This resulted in inconsistent + behavior sometimes even on the same server. + + + + The following functionality is obeyed in version 3.0.8 and later: + + + + When performing local authentication, the username map is applied to the login name before attempting to authenticate + the connection. + + + + When relying upon a external domain controller for validating authentication requests, smbd will apply the username map + to the fully qualified username (i.e. DOMAIN\user) only after the user has been successfully authenticated. + + + + An example of use is: + +username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users.map + + + + + +no username map + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemapscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemapscript.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6df134c257 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/usernamemapscript.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the + parameter. This parameter + specifies and external program or script that must accept a single + command line option (the username transmitted in the authentication + request) and return a line line on standard output (the name to which + the account should mapped). In this way, it is possible to store + username map tables in an LDAP or NIS directory services. + + + + +/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers.sh + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/validusers.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/validusers.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..313739d7c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/validusers.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + This is a list of users that should be allowed to login to this service. Names starting with + '@', '+' and '&' are interpreted using the same rules as described in the + invalid users parameter. + + + + If this is empty (the default) then any user can login. If a username is in both this list + and the invalid users list then access is denied + for that user. + + + + The current servicename is substituted for %S. + This is useful in the [homes] section. + + + +invalid users + +No valid users list (anyone can login) +greg, @pcusers + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writeable.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writeable.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f811c47e5c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writeable.xml @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ + +writable + + Inverted synonym for . + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writelist.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writelist.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..60db3f19f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/writelist.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + + This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a service. If the + connecting user is in this list then they will be given write access, no matter + what the option is set to. The list can + include group names using the @group syntax. + + + + Note that if a user is in both the read list and the write list then they will be + given write access. + + + + By design, this parameter will not work with the + share in Samba 3.0. + + + + +read list + + +admin, root, @staff + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aioreadsize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aioreadsize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..082cf5ddfd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aioreadsize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this + integer parameter is set to non-zero value, + Samba will read from file asynchronously when size of request is bigger + than this value. Note that it happens only for non-chained and non-chaining + reads and when not using write cache. + + Current implementation of asynchronous I/O in Samba 3.0 does support + only up to 10 outstanding asynchronous requests, read and write combined. + + write cache size + aio write size + + +0 +16384 Use asynchronous I/O for reads bigger than 16KB + request size + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritesize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritesize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e33a60e98e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/aiowritesize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this + integer parameter is set to non-zero value, + Samba will write to file asynchronously when size of request is bigger + than this value. Note that it happens only for non-chained and non-chaining + reads and when not using write cache. + + Current implementation of asynchronous I/O in Samba 3.0 does support + only up to 10 outstanding asynchronous requests, read and write combined. + + write cache size + aio read size + + +0 +16384 Use asynchronous I/O for writes bigger than 16KB + request size + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/allocationroundupsize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/allocationroundupsize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5fc013b5a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/allocationroundupsize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + This parameter allows an administrator to tune the + allocation size reported to Windows clients. The default + size of 1Mb generally results in improved Windows client + performance. However, rounding the allocation size may cause + difficulties for some applications, e.g. MS Visual Studio. + If the MS Visual Studio compiler starts to crash with an + internal error, set this parameter to zero for this share. + + + The integer parameter specifies the roundup size in bytes. + + +1048576 +0(to disable roundups) + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/blocksize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/blocksize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1a0cc545a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/blocksize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + This parameter controls the behavior of smbd + 8 when reporting disk free + sizes. By default, this reports a disk block size of 1024 bytes. + + + Changing this parameter may have some effect on the + efficiency of client writes, this is not yet confirmed. This + parameter was added to allow advanced administrators to change + it (usually to a higher value) and test the effect it has on + client write performance without re-compiling the code. As this + is an experimental option it may be removed in a future release. + + + Changing this option does not change the disk free reporting + size, just the block size unit reported to the client. + + + +1024 +4096 + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/deadtime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/deadtime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..51b76bd85a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/deadtime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) + represents the number of minutes of inactivity before a connection + is considered dead, and it is disconnected. The deadtime only takes + effect if the number of open files is zero. + + This is useful to stop a server's resources being + exhausted by a large number of inactive connections. + + Most clients have an auto-reconnect feature when a + connection is broken so in most cases this parameter should be + transparent to users. + + Using this parameter with a timeout of a few minutes + is recommended for most systems. + + A deadtime of zero indicates that no auto-disconnection + should be performed. + + +0 +15 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/getwdcache.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/getwdcache.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74d30c28e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/getwdcache.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a + caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd() + calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially + when the parameter is set to no. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/hostnamelookups.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/hostnamelookups.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..68f4ec4f40 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/hostnamelookups.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) + hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead. An example place + where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking + the hosts deny and hosts allow. + + + +no +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/keepalive.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/keepalive.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0586365512 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/keepalive.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + The value of the parameter (an integer) represents + the number of seconds between keepalive + packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets will be + sent. Keepalive packets, if sent, allow the server to tell whether + a client is still present and responding. + + Keepalives should, in general, not be needed if the socket + has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it by default. (see ). +Basically you should only use this option if you strike difficulties. + + +300 +600 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxconnections.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxconnections.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1e3043b2f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxconnections.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited. + If max connections is greater than 0 then connections + will be refused if this number of connections to the service are already open. A value + of zero mean an unlimited number of connections may be made. + + Record lock files are used to implement this feature. The lock files will be stored in + the directory specified by the option. + + +0 +10 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxdisksize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxdisksize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ee53105a8a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxdisksize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + This option allows you to put an upper limit + on the apparent size of disks. If you set this option to 100 + then all shares will appear to be not larger than 100 MB in + size. + + Note that this option does not limit the amount of + data you can put on the disk. In the above case you could still + store much more than 100 MB on the disk, but if a client ever asks + for the amount of free disk space or the total disk size then the + result will be bounded by the amount specified in max + disk size. + + This option is primarily useful to work around bugs + in some pieces of software that can't handle very large disks, + particularly disks over 1GB in size. + + A max disk size of 0 means no limit. + + +0 +1000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxopenfiles.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxopenfiles.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea0a33980a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxopenfiles.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + This parameter limits the maximum number of + open files that one smbd + 8 file + serving process may have open for a client at any one time. The + default for this parameter is set very high (10,000) as Samba uses + only one bit per unopened file. + + The limit of the number of open files is usually set + by the UNIX per-process file descriptor limit rather than + this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter. + + +10000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxsmbdprocesses.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxsmbdprocesses.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..677d731aa9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/maxsmbdprocesses.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This parameter limits the maximum number of smbd + 8 processes concurrently running on a system and is intended + as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event that the server has insufficient + resources to handle more than this number of connections. Remember that under normal operating + conditions, each user will have an smbd + 8 associated with him or her to handle connections to all + shares from a given host. + + +0 +1000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/minprintspace.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/minprintspace.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..706e4a70cf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/minprintspace.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This sets the minimum amount of free disk + space that must be available before a user will be able to spool + a print job. It is specified in kilobytes. The default is 0, which + means a user can always spool a print job. + + +printing +0 +2000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/namecachetimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/namecachetimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..32ad55f1d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/namecachetimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + Specifies the number of seconds it takes before + entries in samba's hostname resolve cache time out. If + the timeout is set to 0. the caching is disabled. + + + +660 +0 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/paranoidserversecurity.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/paranoidserversecurity.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e5c2fe0ad1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/paranoidserversecurity.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest + users with a bad passowrd. When this option is enabled, samba will not + use a broken NT 4.x server as password server, but instead complain + to the logs and exit. + + + Disabling this option prevents Samba from making + this check, which involves deliberatly attempting a + bad logon to the remote server. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/socketoptions.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/socketoptions.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7a5c221939 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/socketoptions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ + + + This option allows you to set socket options + to be used when talking with the client. + + Socket options are controls on the networking layer + of the operating systems which allow the connection to be + tuned. + + This option will typically be used to tune your Samba server + for optimal performance for your local network. There is no way + that Samba can know what the optimal parameters are for your net, + so you must experiment and choose them yourself. We strongly + suggest you read the appropriate documentation for your operating + system first (perhaps man + setsockopt will help). + + You may find that on some systems Samba will say + "Unknown socket option" when you supply an option. This means you + either incorrectly typed it or you need to add an include file + to includes.h for your OS. If the latter is the case please + send the patch to + samba-technical@samba.org. + + Any of the supported socket options may be combined + in any way you like, as long as your OS allows it. + + This is the list of socket options currently settable + using this option: + + + SO_KEEPALIVE + SO_REUSEADDR + SO_BROADCAST + TCP_NODELAY + IPTOS_LOWDELAY + IPTOS_THROUGHPUT + SO_SNDBUF * + SO_RCVBUF * + SO_SNDLOWAT * + SO_RCVLOWAT * + + + Those marked with a '*' take an integer + argument. The others can optionally take a 1 or 0 argument to enable + or disable the option, by default they will be enabled if you + don't specify 1 or 0. + + To specify an argument use the syntax SOME_OPTION = VALUE + for example SO_SNDBUF = 8192. Note that you must + not have any spaces before or after the = sign. + + If you are on a local network then a sensible option + might be: + + socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY + + If you have a local network then you could try: + + socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY + + If you are on a wide area network then perhaps try + setting IPTOS_THROUGHPUT. + + Note that several of the options may cause your Samba + server to fail completely. Use these options with caution! + + +TCP_NODELAY +IPTOS_LOWDELAY + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictallocate.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictallocate.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2606f2028b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictallocate.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + This is a boolean that controls the handling of + disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to yes + the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real + disk storage blocks when a file is extended to the Windows behaviour + of actually forcing the disk system to allocate real storage blocks + when a file is created or extended to be a given size. In UNIX + terminology this means that Samba will stop creating sparse files. + This can be slow on some systems. + + When strict allocate is no the server does sparse + disk block allocation when a file is extended. + + Setting this to yes can help Samba return + out of quota messages on systems that are restricting the disk quota + of users. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictsync.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictsync.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d33845513 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/strictsync.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer + shell) seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to disk with doing + a sync to disk. Under UNIX, a sync call forces the process to be + suspended until the kernel has ensured that all outstanding data in + kernel disk buffers has been safely stored onto stable storage. + This is very slow and should only be done rarely. Setting this + parameter to no (the default) means that + smbd + 8 ignores the Windows + applications requests for a sync call. There is only a possibility + of losing data if the operating system itself that Samba is running + on crashes, so there is little danger in this default setting. In + addition, this fixes many performance problems that people have + reported with the new Windows98 explorer shell file copies. + + +sync always +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/syncalways.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/syncalways.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d8eb2d568 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/syncalways.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This is a boolean parameter that controls + whether writes will always be written to stable storage before + the write call returns. If this is no then the server will be + guided by the client's request in each write call (clients can + set a bit indicating that a particular write should be synchronous). + If this is yes then every write will be followed by a fsync() + call to ensure the data is written to disk. Note that + the strict sync parameter must be set to + yes in order for this parameter to have + any affect. + + +strict sync + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usemmap.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usemmap.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c23fc35840 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usemmap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can + depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent + mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a + coherent cache, and so this parameter is set to no by + default on HPUX. On all other systems this parameter should be left alone. This + parameter is provided to help the Samba developers track down problems with + the tdb internal code. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usesendfile.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usesendfile.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e721531fed --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/usesendfile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + If this parameter is yes, and the sendfile() + system call is supported by the underlying operating system, then some SMB read calls + (mainly ReadAndX and ReadRaw) will use the more efficient sendfile system call for files that + are exclusively oplocked. This may make more efficient use of the system CPU's + and cause Samba to be faster. Samba automatically turns this off for clients + that use protocol levels lower than NT LM 0.12 and when it detects a client is + Windows 9x (using sendfile from Linux will cause these clients to fail). + + + +false + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/writecachesize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/writecachesize.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..12965b4048 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/tuning/writecachesize.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value, + Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file + (it does not do this for + non-oplocked files). All writes that the client does not request + to be flushed directly to disk will be stored in this cache if possible. + The cache is flushed onto disk when a write comes in whose offset + would not fit into the cache or when the file is closed by the client. + Reads for the file are also served from this cache if the data is stored + within it. + + This cache allows Samba to batch client writes into a more + efficient write size for RAID disks (i.e. writes may be tuned to + be the RAID stripe size) and can improve performance on systems + where the disk subsystem is a bottleneck but there is free + memory for userspace programs. + + The integer parameter specifies the size of this cache + (per oplocked file) in bytes. + + +0 +262144 for a 256k cache size per file + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/aclcompatibility.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/aclcompatibility.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7891adc13b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/aclcompatibility.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should + be compatible with. Possible values are winnt for Windows NT 4, + win2k for Windows 2000 and above and auto. + If you specify auto, the value for this parameter + will be based upon the version of the client. There should + be no reason to change this parameter from the default. + + +Auto +win2k + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..809d1a118f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + The get quota command should only be used + whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that + samba can use. + + This option is only available with ./configure --with-sys-quotas. + Or on linux when ./configure --with-quotas was used and a working quota api + was found in the system. + + This parameter should specify the path to a script that + queries the quota information for the specified + user/group for the partition that + the specified directory is on. + + Such a script should take 3 arguments: + + + directory + type of query + uid of user or gid of group + + + The type of query can be one of : + + + 1 - user quotas + 2 - user default quotas (uid = -1) + 3 - group quotas + 4 - group default quotas (gid = -1) + + + This script should print one line as output with spaces between the arguments. The arguments are: + + + + Arg 1 - quota flags (0 = no quotas, 1 = quotas enabled, 2 = quotas enabled and enforced) + Arg 2 - number of currently used blocks + Arg 3 - the softlimit number of blocks + Arg 4 - the hardlimit number of blocks + Arg 5 - currently used number of inodes + Arg 6 - the softlimit number of inodes + Arg 7 - the hardlimit number of inodes + Arg 8(optional) - the number of bytes in a block(default is 1024) + + + +set quote command + +/usr/local/sbin/query_quota + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/hostmsdfs.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/hostmsdfs.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..67f67dce45 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/hostmsdfs.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + + If set to yes, Samba will act as a Dfs server, and allow Dfs-aware clients to browse + Dfs trees hosted on the server. + + + + See also the share level parameter. For more information on + setting up a Dfs tree on Samba, refer to the MSFDS chapter in the book Samba3-HOWTO. + + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsproxy.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsproxy.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5117bae224 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsproxy.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + This parameter indicates that the share is a + stand-in for another CIFS share whose location is specified by + the value of the parameter. When clients attempt to connect to + this share, they are redirected to the proxied share using + the SMB-Dfs protocol. + + Only Dfs roots can act as proxy shares. Take a look at the + and + options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share. + + +\otherserver\someshare + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsroot.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsroot.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86dc6f1d8c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsroot.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + If set to yes, Samba treats the + share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the + distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory. + Dfs links are specified in the share directory by symbolic + links of the form msdfs:serverA\\shareA,serverB\\shareB + and so on. For more information on setting up a Dfs tree on + Samba, refer to the MSDFS chapter in the Samba3-HOWTO book. + + +host msdfs +no +See also + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/setquotacommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/setquotacommand.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b00a620628 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/setquotacommand.xml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + The set quota command should only be used + whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that + samba can use. + + This option is only available if Samba was configured with the argument --with-sys-quotas or + on linux when ./configure --with-quotas was used and a working quota api + was found in the system. Most packages are configured with these options already. + + This parameter should specify the path to a script that + can set quota for the specified arguments. + + The specified script should take the following arguments: + + + 1 - quota type + + 1 - user quotas + 2 - user default quotas (uid = -1) + 3 - group quotas + 4 - group default quotas (gid = -1) + + 2 - id (uid for user, gid for group, -1 if N/A) + 3 - quota state (0 = disable, 1 = enable, 2 = enable and enforce) + 4 - block softlimit + 5 - block hardlimit + 6 - inode softlimit + 7 - inode hardlimit + 8(optional) - block size, defaults to 1024 + + + The script should output at least one line of data on success. And nothing on failure. + + +get quota command + + +/usr/local/sbin/set_quota + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/vfsobjects.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/vfsobjects.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..09d41c75b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/vfsobjects.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + +vfs object + + This parameter specifies the backend names which + are used for Samba VFS I/O operations. By default, normal + disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded + with one or more VFS objects. + + + +extd_audit recycle + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocbackend.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocbackend.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..60e20b82d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocbackend.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + + The idmap alloc backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use + when allocating Unix uids/gids for Windows SIDs. This option is + to be used in conjunction with the + parameter and refers to the name of the idmap module which will provide + the id allocation functionality. Please refer to the man page + for each idmap plugin to determine whether or not the module implements + the allocation feature. The most common plugins are the tdb ( + idmap_tdb8) + and ldap (idmap_ldap + 8) libraries. + + + Also refer to the option. + + + +tdb + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocconfig.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocconfig.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..013904122c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocconfig.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + The idmap alloc config prefix provides a means of managing settings + for the backend defined by the + parameter. Refer to the man page for each idmap plugin regarding + specific configuration details. + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..20e1115c5f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + The idmap backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use + varying backends to store SID/uid/gid mapping tables. This + option is mutually exclusive with the newer and more flexible + parameter. The main difference + between the "idmap backend" and the "idmap domains" + is that the former only allows on backend for all domains while the + latter supports configuring backends on a per domain basis. + + + Examples of SID/uid/gid backends include tdb ( + idmap_tdb8), + ldap (idmap_ldap + 8), rid ( + idmap_rid8), + and ad (idmap_tdb + 8). + + + +tdb + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1636cdfa58 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's + idmap interface will cache positive SID/uid/gid query results. + + + +900 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63b0a907a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ + + + + The idmap config prefix provides a means of managing each domain + defined by the option using Samba's + parameteric option support. The idmap config prefix should be + followed by the name of the domain, a colon, and a setting specific to + the chosen backend. There are three options available for all domains: + + + + backend = backend_name + + Specifies the name of the idmap plugin to use as the + SID/uid/gid backend for this domain. + + + + + default = [yes|no] + + The default domain/backend will be used for searching for + users and groups not belonging to one of the explicitly + listed domains (matched by comparing the account SID and the + domain SID). + + + + + readonly = [yes|no] + + Mark the domain as readonly which means that no attempts to + allocate a uid or gid (by the ) for any user or group in that domain + will be attempted. + + + + + + The following example illustrates how to configure the + idmap_ad8 + for the CORP domain and the idmap_tdb + 8 backend for all other domains. The + TRUSTEDDOMAINS string is simply a key used to reference the "idmap + config" settings and does not represent the actual name of a domain. + + + + idmap domains = CORP TRUSTEDDOMAINS + + idmap config CORP:backend = ad + idmap config CORP:readonly = yes + + idmap config TRUSTEDDOMAINS:backend = tdb + idmap config TRUSTEDDOMAINS:default = yes + idmap config TRUSTEDDOMAINS:range = 1000 - 9999 + + + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapdomains.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapdomains.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..131b9e8167 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapdomains.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + The idmap domains option defines a list of Windows domains which will each + have a separately configured backend for managing Winbind's SID/uid/gid + tables. This parameter is mutually exclusive with the older option. + + + + Values consist of the short domain name for Winbind's primary or collection + of trusted domains. You may also use an arbitrary string to represent a catchall + domain backend for any domain not explicitly listed. + + + + Refer to the for details about + managing the SID/uid/gid backend for each domain. + + + +default AD CORP + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..28d88b51b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + winbind gid + + The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids + that are allocated for the purpose of mapping UNX groups to NT group + SIDs. This range of group ids should have no + existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can + occur otherwise. + + See also the , , and options. + + + + +10000-20000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapnegativecachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapnegativecachetime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6790938d94 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapnegativecachetime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's + idmap interface will cache negative SID/uid/gid query results. + + + +120 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..de4074cfa4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + +winbind uid + + + The idmap uid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are + allocated for use in mapping UNIX users to NT user SIDs. This + range of ids should have no existing local + or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise. + + See also the , , and options. + + + + +10000-20000 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templatehomedir.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templatehomedir.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f5965c613c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templatehomedir.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + When filling out the user information for a Windows NT + user, the winbindd + 8 daemon uses this + parameter to fill in the home directory for that user. If the + string %D is present it + is substituted with the user's Windows NT domain name. If the + string %U is present it + is substituted with the user's Windows NT user name. + + +/home/%D/%U + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templateshell.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templateshell.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce59cd12d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/templateshell.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + When filling out the user information for a Windows NT + user, the winbindd + 8 daemon uses this + parameter to fill in the login shell for that user. + + +/bin/false + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindcachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindcachetime.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6bdcf0d06e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindcachetime.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the number of + seconds the winbindd + 8 daemon will cache + user and group information before querying a Windows NT server + again. + + + This does not apply to authentication requests, these are always + evaluated in real time unless the option has been enabled. + + + +300 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumgroups.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumgroups.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74f6feed01 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumgroups.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + On large installations using winbindd + 8 it may be necessary to suppress + the enumeration of groups through the setgrent(), + getgrent() and + endgrent() group of system calls. If + the winbind enum groups parameter is + no, calls to the getgrent() system + call will not return any data. + +Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumusers.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumusers.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c987feaf8a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindenumusers.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + On large installations using winbindd + 8 it may be + necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the setpwent(), + getpwent() and + endpwent() group of system calls. If + the winbind enum users parameter is + no, calls to the getpwent system call + will not return any data. + +Turning off user + enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. For + example, the finger program relies on having access to the + full user list when searching for matching + usernames. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindexpandgroups.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindexpandgroups.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19b81b3e0a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindexpandgroups.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + This option controls the maximum depth that winbindd + will traverse when flattening nested group memberships + of Windows domain groups. This is different from the + option + which implements the Windows NT4 model of local group + nesting. The "winbind expand groups" + parameter specifically applies to the membership of + domain groups. + + Be aware that a high value for this parameter can + result in system slowdown as the main parent winbindd daemon + must perform the group unrolling and will be unable to answer + incoming NSS or authentication requests during this time. + + + +1 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnestedgroups.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnestedgroups.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..01e95bbaca --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnestedgroups.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested + groups. Nested groups are also called local groups or + aliases. They work like their counterparts in Windows: Nested + groups are defined locally on any machine (they are shared + between DC's through their SAM) and can contain users and + global groups from any trusted SAM. To be able to use nested + groups, you need to run nss_winbind. + + +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnormalizenames.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnormalizenames.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..28826cf5f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnormalizenames.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + + This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace + whitespace in user and group names with an underscore (_) character. + For example, whether the name "Space Kadet" should be + replaced with the string "space_kadet". + Frequently Unix shell scripts will have difficulty with usernames + contains whitespace due to the default field separator in the shell. + Do not enable this option if the underscore character is used in + account names within your domain + + + +no +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnssinfo.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnssinfo.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d6e40c6bf6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindnssinfo.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name + Service Information to construct a user's home directory and login shell. + Currently the following settings are available: + + + + template + - The default, using the parameters of template + shell and template homedir) + + + + + <sfu | rfc2307 > + - When Samba is running in security = ads and your Active Directory + Domain Controller does support the Microsoft "Services for Unix" (SFU) + LDAP schema, winbind can retrieve the login shell and the home + directory attributes directly from your Directory Server. Note that + retrieving UID and GID from your ADS-Server requires to + use idmap backend = ad + or idmap config DOMAIN:backend = ad + as well. + + + + + + + + +template +template sfu + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindofflinelogon.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindofflinelogon.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b5a0de1631 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindofflinelogon.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ + + + + This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should + allow to login with the pam_winbind + module using Cached Credentials. If enabled, winbindd will store user credentials + from successful logins encrypted in a local cache. + + + + +false +true + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrefreshtickets.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrefreshtickets.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d39cb76861 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrefreshtickets.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets + retrieved using the pam_winbind module. + + + + +false +true + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrpconly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrpconly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..53a0877350 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindrpconly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + + + Setting this parameter to yes forces + winbindd to use RPC instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain + Controllers. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindseparator.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindseparator.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63ab42000d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindseparator.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + This parameter allows an admin to define the character + used when listing a username of the form of DOMAIN + \user. This parameter + is only applicable when using the pam_winbind.so + and nss_winbind.so modules for UNIX services. + + + Please note that setting this parameter to + causes problems + with group membership at least on glibc systems, as the character + + is used as a special character for NIS in /etc/group. + + +'\' ++ + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindtrusteddomainsonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindtrusteddomainsonly.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6ca229cfe9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindtrusteddomainsonly.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + + This parameter is designed to allow Samba servers that are members + of a Samba controlled domain to use UNIX accounts distributed via NIS, + rsync, or LDAP as the uid's for winbindd users in the hosts primary domain. + Therefore, the user DOMAIN\user1 would be mapped to + the account user1 in /etc/passwd instead of allocating a new uid for him or her. + + + + This parameter is now deprecated in favor of the newer idmap_nss backend. + Refer to the smb.conf option and + the idmap_nss + 8 man page for more information. + + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindusedefaultdomain.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindusedefaultdomain.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..334068a329 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindusedefaultdomain.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + + + This parameter specifies whether the + winbindd + 8 daemon should operate on users + without domain component in their username. Users without a domain + component are treated as is part of the winbindd server's own + domain. While this does not benifit Windows users, it makes SSH, FTP and + e-mail function in a way much closer to the way they + would in a native unix system. + + +no +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/dnsproxy.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/dnsproxy.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..018c7d93a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/dnsproxy.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + + + Specifies that nmbd + 8 when acting as a WINS server and + finding that a NetBIOS name has not been registered, should treat the + NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS name and do a lookup with the DNS server + for that name on behalf of the name-querying client. + + Note that the maximum length for a NetBIOS name is 15 + characters, so the DNS name (or DNS alias) can likewise only be + 15 characters, maximum. + + nmbd spawns a second copy of itself to do the + DNS name lookup requests, as doing a name lookup is a blocking + action. + + +wins support +yes + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winshook.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winshook.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9e41fbd7c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winshook.xml @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ + + + When Samba is running as a WINS server this + allows you to call an external program for all changes to the + WINS database. The primary use for this option is to allow the + dynamic update of external name resolution databases such as + dynamic DNS. + + The wins hook parameter specifies the name of a script + or executable that will be called as follows: + + wins_hook operation name nametype ttl IP_list + + + + The first argument is the operation and is + one of "add", "delete", or + "refresh". In most cases the operation + can be ignored as the rest of the parameters + provide sufficient information. Note that + "refresh" may sometimes be called when + the name has not previously been added, in that + case it should be treated as an add. + + + + The second argument is the NetBIOS name. If the + name is not a legal name then the wins hook is not called. + Legal names contain only letters, digits, hyphens, underscores + and periods. + + + + The third argument is the NetBIOS name + type as a 2 digit hexadecimal number. + + + + The fourth argument is the TTL (time to live) + for the name in seconds. + + + + The fifth and subsequent arguments are the IP + addresses currently registered for that name. If this list is + empty then the name should be deleted. + + + + An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update + program nsupdate is provided in the examples + directory of the Samba source code. + + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsproxy.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsproxy.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8f98687dba --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsproxy.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + + This is a boolean that controls if nmbd + 8 will respond to broadcast name + queries on behalf of other hosts. You may need to set this + to yes for some older clients. + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsserver.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsserver.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..afced35f50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winsserver.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP + address for preference) of the WINS server that nmbd + 8 should register with. If you have a WINS server on + your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP. + + You should point this at your WINS server if you have a + multi-subnetted network. + + If you want to work in multiple namespaces, you can + give every wins server a 'tag'. For each tag, only one + (working) server will be queried for a name. The tag should be + separated from the ip address by a colon. + + + You need to set up Samba to point + to a WINS server if you have multiple subnets and wish cross-subnet + browsing to work correctly. + See the chapter in the Samba3-HOWTO on Network Browsing. + + + +mary:192.9.200.1 fred:192.168.3.199 mary:192.168.2.61 + For this example when querying a certain name, 192.19.200.1 will + be asked first and if that doesn't respond 192.168.2.61. If either + of those doesn't know the name 192.168.3.199 will be queried. + +192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winssupport.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winssupport.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b4f89528ec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/wins/winssupport.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + + This boolean controls if the nmbd + 8 process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should + not set this to yes unless you have a multi-subnetted network and + you wish a particular nmbd to be your WINS server. + Note that you should NEVER set this to yes + on more than one machine in your network. + + +no + -- cgit From e431925063239cd4b421eb235dd4ff29c3065883 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michael Adam Date: Thu, 24 Apr 2008 11:24:23 +0200 Subject: manpages: describe special meaning of "include = registry" in description of "include" Michael (This used to be commit 613b6dc6f833dd7ef93e107c0eddc211d42fff93) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml | 11 ++++++++--- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml index 1a08b49464..8217d84782 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/include.xml @@ -13,12 +13,17 @@ It takes the standard substitutions, except %u, %P and %S. - - Note: This option can not be set inside registry - configurations. + The parameter include = registry has + a special meaning: It does not include + a file named registry from the current working + directory, but instead reads the global configuration options + from the registry. See the section on registry-based + configuration for details. Note that this option + automatically activates registry shares. + /usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf -- cgit From 3be9a355ff2ab1f11dbf07542ae9ed2c013854cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexander Bokovoy Date: Thu, 24 Apr 2008 23:40:51 +0400 Subject: Fix documentation build: manpages, links in the HTML documents. Fixed manpages generation to properly create handle smb.conf parameters' titles Changed HTML generator to include links for every smb.conf parameter. Now we have correct linking between different HTML documents. Signed-off-by: Alexander Bokovoy (This used to be commit 056935ff1f5fefc3ca42f7006182fc80c94d91ab) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh index 262830de4b..68b2abe72f 100755 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/generate-file-list.sh @@ -8,12 +8,12 @@ fi OLD=`pwd` cd $DIR -echo "" +echo "
" for I in `find . -mindepth 2 -type f -name '*.xml' | sort -t/ -k3 | xargs` do echo "" done -echo "" +echo "
" cd $OLD -- cgit From 2e779c356247a21344d0befea8ed0640d94c04cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karolin Seeger Date: Tue, 20 May 2008 11:03:33 +0200 Subject: man pages: Add documentation for new cluster parameters. Karolin (This used to be commit 029875d8c9b2f9448f5299faaa3a48e8bccbca53) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clusteraddresses.xml | 17 +++++++++++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clustering.xml | 17 +++++++++++++++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml | 16 ++++++++++++++++ 3 files changed, 50 insertions(+) create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clusteraddresses.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clustering.xml create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clusteraddresses.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clusteraddresses.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d34d5503d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clusteraddresses.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + With this parameter you can add additional addresses + nmbd will register with a WINS server. These addresses are not + necessarily present on all nodes simultaneously, but they will + be registered with the WINS server so that clients can contact + any of the nodes. + + + + +10.0.0.1 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3 + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clustering.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clustering.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b85934e78e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/clustering.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ + + + This parameter specifies whether Samba should contact + ctdb for accessing its tdb files and use ctdb as a backend + for its messaging backend. + + + Set this parameter to yes only if + you have a cluster setup with ctdb running. + + +no + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a478553ec1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + +default + + If you set clustering=yes, + you need to tell Samba where ctdbd listens on its unix domain + socket. The default path as of ctdb 1.0 is /tmp/ctdb.socket which + you have to explicitly set for Samba in smb.conf. + + + +/tmp/ctdb.socket + -- cgit From a84c7455ae11ffeef3fc35f2774bad634837a7b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karolin Seeger Date: Fri, 16 May 2008 09:27:20 +0200 Subject: man pages: Remove man page for 'mangled map'. 'mangled map' has been removed with dee8beba7a92b8a3f68bbcc59fd0a827f68c7736. Karolin (cherry picked from commit d9b4e500675a378daba50d12cd638a245aa78b72) (This used to be commit 48bf0b42a7d3829d476a50b4f6f80022279b4e49) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangledmap.xml | 33 ----------------------------- 1 file changed, 33 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangledmap.xml (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangledmap.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangledmap.xml deleted file mode 100644 index b4be3a80d2..0000000000 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mangledmap.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ - - - - This is for those who want to directly map UNIX file names which cannot be represented on - Windows/DOS. The mangling of names is not always what is needed. In particular you may have - documents with file extensions that differ between DOS and UNIX. - For example, under UNIX it is common to use .html - for HTML files, whereas under Windows/DOS .htm - is more commonly used. - - - - So to map html to htm - you would use: - - - - (*.html *.htm). - - - - One very useful case is to remove the annoying ;1 off - the ends of filenames on some CDROMs (only visible under some UNIXes). To do this use a map of - (*;1 *;). - - - -no mangled map -(*;1 *;) - -- cgit From 55da8e64e54f9ecef703b0d2075c738e5b38b394 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Gerald (Jerry) Carter" Date: Wed, 21 May 2008 12:54:43 -0500 Subject: Work around iconv conversion failure from generated smb.conf.5 on Ubuntu 8.04. Have no idea why the previous sequence of characters was causing iconv to choke on my Ubuntu 8.04. Reword the entry some for clarity and to advoid this failure. (cherry picked from commit b0b4bd2466658deacb1de3d58154bcc8d198d675) (This used to be commit 4d89c39f267a5623f7050ff8db94bcdd191fca23) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml | 13 +++++++------ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml index 607fe5840f..590b21615d 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/maxstatcachesize.xml @@ -5,12 +5,13 @@ xmlns:samba="http://www.samba.org/samba/DTD/samba-doc"> This parameter limits the size in memory of any - stat cache being used - to speed up case insensitive name mappings. This parameter is - the number of kilobyte (1024) units the stat cache can use. - A value of zero means unlimited which is not advised aѕ it can - use a lot of memory. - You should not need to change this parameter. + stat cache being used + to speed up case insensitive name mappings. It represents + the number of kilobyte (1024) units the stat cache can use. + A value of zero, meaning unlimited, is not advisable due to + increased memory useage. You should not need to change this + parameter. + stat cache 256 -- cgit From a307e90f3f274cd307a5e7377bae4b27ae3a5c69 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karolin Seeger Date: Tue, 3 Jun 2008 16:44:59 +0200 Subject: man pages: Add documentation for new parameter 'ldap connection timeout'. Karolin (This used to be commit f7bfa1330cef34b1bbe7969bddbce2ff895321ed) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapconnectiontimeout.xml | 22 ++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 22 insertions(+) create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapconnectiontimeout.xml (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapconnectiontimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapconnectiontimeout.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..31713c9cb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapconnectiontimeout.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + + + + This parameter tells the LDAP library calls which timeout in seconds + they should honor during initial connection establishments to LDAP servers. + It is very useful in failover scenarios in particular. If one or more LDAP + servers are not reachable at all, we do not have to wait until TCP + timeouts are over. This feature must be supported by your LDAP library. + + + + This parameter is different from + which affects operations on LDAP servers using an existing connection + and not establishing an initial connection. + + +2 + -- cgit From 4393b984d4cd83ce9b7e3a4cd453067037106a0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karolin Seeger Date: Mon, 9 Jun 2008 15:03:12 +0200 Subject: man pages: Remove wrong synonym. Karolin (This used to be commit 4951bc8ff1da9bfc79b9b403b420f07299266df6) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml index a478553ec1..4016e8a60b 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/ctdbdsocket.xml @@ -3,7 +3,6 @@ advanced="1" type="string" xmlns:samba="http://www.samba.org/samba/DTD/samba-doc"> -default If you set clustering=yes, you need to tell Samba where ctdbd listens on its unix domain -- cgit From d84aca59bb5bd3612285754219b8c547fee9219a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karolin Seeger Date: Fri, 23 May 2008 14:12:05 +0200 Subject: man pages: Fix typo. Karolin (cherry picked from commit 87bcff8dde4302f7b473933f8fddfb98b3c024db) (This used to be commit f0b3df1ff0d423be20723968f15b3543969ff769) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml index cd88494903..9c34ac8bec 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldaptimeout.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ xmlns:samba="http://www.samba.org/samba/DTD/samba-doc"> - When Samba connects to an ldap server that servermay be down or unreachable. To prevent Samba from hanging whilst + When Samba connects to an ldap server that server may be down or unreachable. To prevent Samba from hanging whilst waiting for the connection this parameter specifies in seconds how long Samba should wait before failing the connect. The default is to only wait fifteen seconds for the ldap server to respond to the connect request. -- cgit From 4177b0852d122741556cdb2343cd4c56223776c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karolin Seeger Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2008 10:54:21 +0200 Subject: man pages: Fix broken smb.conf section about the 'get quota command'. This fixes bug #5422. Thanks to the Debian package maintainers for reporting! Karolin (This used to be commit 04e2470e2eeef34362f2893ec062ae16f74c28ed) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml index 809d1a118f..92016ef46c 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml @@ -8,8 +8,9 @@ whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that samba can use. - This option is only available with ./configure --with-sys-quotas. - Or on linux when ./configure --with-quotas was used and a working quota api + This option is only available you have compiled Samba with the + --with-sys-quotas option or on Linux with + --with-quotas and a working quota api was found in the system. This parameter should specify the path to a script that -- cgit From 193930d3505e89140449f55f4fe598fab1d798b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karolin Seeger Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2008 15:30:19 +0200 Subject: man pages: Don't refer to numbered chapter of the HOWTO collection. This fixes bug #5527. Thanks to the Debian package maintainers for reporting! Karolin (This used to be commit b6696f4fbfc6aaffceef71c6099b8eaea58c1172) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml index 7556a83051..1081597bcd 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/browse/oslevel.xml @@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ systems except a Windows NT 4.0/2000 Domain Controller. This means that a misconfigured Samba host can effectively isolate a subnet for browsing purposes. This parameter is largely auto-configured in the Samba-3 release series and it is seldom necessary to manually override the default setting. Please refer to - chapter 9 of the Samba-3 HOWTO document for further information regarding the use of this parameter. + the chapter on Network Browsing in the Samba-3 HOWTO document for further information regarding the use + of this parameter. Note: The maximum value for this parameter is 255. If you use higher values, counting will start at 0! -- cgit From 7617741e64ddc7db7e0fbf706289a14986a6139a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Zauner Date: Wed, 11 Jun 2008 15:17:21 +0200 Subject: man pages: Fix typos. (This used to be commit 881eaa26e071a7fde9c6fc5eb42ae122d0ddd490) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml | 6 +++--- docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml | 3 +-- docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml | 10 ++++++---- docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml | 6 +++--- docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml | 2 +- docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml | 2 +- 6 files changed, 15 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml index bccac4a0da..6e8321bbca 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/bindinterfacesonly.xml @@ -29,14 +29,14 @@ For file service it causes smbd 8 to bind only to the interface list given in the parameter. This restricts the networks that smbd will - serve to packets coming in those interfaces. Note that you should not use this parameter for machines that + serve, to packets coming in on those interfaces. Note that you should not use this parameter for machines that are serving PPP or other intermittent or non-broadcast network interfaces as it will not cope with non-permanent interfaces. - If is set then unless the network address - 127.0.0.1 is added to the parameter list + If is set and the network address + 127.0.0.1 is not added to the parameter list smbpasswd 8 and swat 8 may not work as expected due to the reasons covered below. diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml index ace6c6c64d..c04ecc9cdd 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapsameditposix.xml @@ -48,8 +48,7 @@ idmap gid = 5000-50000 - This configuration assume the ldap server have been loaded with a base tree like described - in the following ldif: + This configuration assumes a directory layout like described in the following ldif: dn: dc=samba,dc=org diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml index ed3c5aa3be..c66f43eb3f 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/addprintercommand.xml @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ - For a Samba host this means that the printer must be - physically added to the underlying printing system. The add - printer command defines a script to be run which + physically added to the underlying printing system. + The addprinter command + defines a script to be run which will perform the necessary operations for adding the printer to the print system and to add the appropriate service definition to the smb.conf file in order that it can be @@ -46,7 +47,8 @@ will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client. - The "add printer command" program can output a single line of text, + The addprinter command program + can output a single line of text, which Samba will set as the port the new printer is connected to. If this line isn't output, Samba won't reload its printer shares. diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml index b48ab5700d..d9a3fddfb9 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml @@ -6,11 +6,11 @@ With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now - possible to delete printer at run time by issuing the + possible to a delete printer at run time by issuing the DeletePrinter() RPC call. For a Samba host this means that the printer must be - physically deleted from underlying printing system. The + physically deleted from the underlying printing system. The defines a script to be run which will perform the necessary operations for removing the printer from the print system and from smb.conf. @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Once the has been executed, smbd will reparse the - smb.conf to associated printer no longer exists. + smb.conf to check that the associated printer no longer exists. If the sharename is still valid, then smbd will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client. diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml index ebcdad72a1..ec603bbf59 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/ntlmauth.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ If this option, and lanman auth are both disabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be permited. Not all clients support NTLMv2, and most will require - special configuration to us it. + special configuration to use it. yes diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml index da18142dfa..13db519f40 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwdchat.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ on what local methods are used for password control (such as NIS etc). - Note that this parameter only is only used if the Note that this parameter only is used if the parameter is set to yes. This sequence is then called AS ROOT when the SMB password in the smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old password -- cgit From e9b855a103faebb93f454507e79474a1d0217e20 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karolin Seeger Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2008 09:26:32 +0200 Subject: man pages: Fix typo in smb.conf section about the 'deleteprinter command'. Karolin (This used to be commit 5fa77c216bc43c3558aff3373f74554efdb9210d) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml index d9a3fddfb9..597387c927 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/deleteprintercommand.xml @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now - possible to a delete printer at run time by issuing the + possible to delete a printer at run time by issuing the DeletePrinter() RPC call. For a Samba host this means that the printer must be -- cgit From 766f780cda9e86e822ade253a6f1f4e84e20be5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Zauner Date: Wed, 11 Jun 2008 15:15:22 +0200 Subject: man pages: Added improvements. (This used to be commit 7fecd548af0a21b9644bd70e22a38aaa28777aa0) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml | 2 +- docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml | 4 ++++ docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml | 11 ++++++----- 3 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml index 2b13200ea6..8c3684ff0f 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/base/interfaces.xml @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ This option allows you to override the default network interfaces list that Samba will use for browsing, name - registration and other NBT traffic. By default Samba will query + registration and other NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NBT) traffic. By default Samba will query the kernel for the list of all active interfaces and use any interfaces except 127.0.0.1 that are broadcast capable. diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml index 3ec2d3bf27..33f840d8c5 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml @@ -22,6 +22,10 @@ Yes - The read only DOS attribute is mapped to the inverse of the user or owner write bit in the unix permission mode set. If the owner write bit is not set, the read only attribute is reported as being set on the file. +If the read only DOS attribute gets set, Samba sets the owner, group and +others write bits to zero. Write bits set in an ACL are ignored by Samba. +If the read only DOS attribute gets unset, Samba simply sets the write bit of the +owner to one. diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml index 9169891c29..152632ce5f 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/checkpasswordscript.xml @@ -5,14 +5,15 @@ xmlns:samba="http://www.samba.org/samba/DTD/samba-doc"> The name of a program that can be used to check password - complexity. The password is sent to the program's standrad input. + complexity. The password is sent to the program's standard input. - The program must return 0 on good password any other value otherwise. - In case the password is considered weak (the program do not return 0) the + The program must return 0 on a good password, or any other value + if the password is bad. + In case the password is considered weak (the program does not return 0) the user will be notified and the password change will fail. - Note: In the example directory there is a sample program called crackcheck - that uses cracklib to checkpassword quality. + Note: In the example directory is a sample program called crackcheck + that uses cracklib to check the password quality. -- cgit From 7ec6588ef8221f60a2f2865c4c880125eb06c014 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karolin Seeger Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2008 09:34:15 +0200 Subject: man pages: Fix indentation in smb.conf section about 'map readonly'. (This used to be commit 0f0d81a89ae2ebae7d031a3a8633c3a924ebcbae) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml index 33f840d8c5..f9ce03ef1a 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/filename/mapreadonly.xml @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ Yes - The read only DOS attribute is mapped to the inverse of the user or owner write bit in the unix permission mode set. If the owner write bit is not set, the read only attribute is reported as being set on the file. -If the read only DOS attribute gets set, Samba sets the owner, group and -others write bits to zero. Write bits set in an ACL are ignored by Samba. -If the read only DOS attribute gets unset, Samba simply sets the write bit of the -owner to one. + If the read only DOS attribute is set, Samba sets the owner, group and + others write bits to zero. Write bits set in an ACL are ignored by Samba. + If the read only DOS attribute is unset, Samba simply sets the write bit of the + owner to one. -- cgit From 1fb1c67fb9392364887ba8963f18d10b27d1cfa0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jeremy Allison Date: Thu, 3 Jul 2008 10:24:12 -0700 Subject: Patch from SATOH Fumiyasu for bug #5202. Re-activate "acl group control" parameter and make it only apply to owning group. Also added man page fix. Jeremy. (This used to be commit e98e080bad2c8b9f038a8f2dffcfeba1d5f392ce) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml | 17 +++++++++-------- docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml | 6 ++++-- 2 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml index ae3b475107..e67ccd935a 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/misc/dosfilemode.xml @@ -3,15 +3,16 @@ type="boolean" xmlns:samba="http://www.samba.org/samba/DTD/samba-doc"> - The default behavior in Samba is to provide - UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is + The default behavior in Samba is to provide + UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior - is often confusing to DOS/Windows users. Enabling this parameter - allows a user who has write access to the file (by whatever - means) to modify the permissions (including ACL) on it. Note that a user - belonging to the group owning the file will not be allowed to - change permissions if the group is only granted read access. - Ownership of the file/directory may also be changed. + is often confusing to DOS/Windows users. Enabling this parameter + allows a user who has write access to the file (by whatever + means, including an ACL permission) to modify the permissions + (including ACL) on it. Note that a user belonging to the group + owning the file will not be allowed to change permissions if + the group is only granted read access. Ownership of the + file/directory may also be changed. no diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml index e2600ca9da..6efd46dd8d 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/aclgroupcontrol.xml @@ -30,8 +30,10 @@ - This is parameter has been marked deprecated in Samba 3.0.23. The same behavior is now - implemented by the dos filemode option. + This is parameter has been was deprecated in Samba 3.0.23, but re-activated in + Samba 3.0.31 and above, as it now only controls permission changes if the user + is in the owning primary group. It is now no longer equivalent to the + dos filemode option. -- cgit From 5515c0e81c064863c7c56d12b4ae82b8f3455f34 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Volker Lendecke Date: Thu, 3 Jul 2008 21:03:58 +0200 Subject: Slightly increase the default idmap cache time (This used to be commit 448836d44d0468a74b962ba3c0b7d51de236374f) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml index 1636cdfa58..55ead617e2 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml @@ -9,5 +9,5 @@ -900 +604800 (i.e. 1 week) -- cgit From ebaa5da5114be5db4f502ab757eb62719fc23e48 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karolin Seeger Date: Thu, 10 Jul 2008 11:23:59 +0200 Subject: man pages: Add missing whitespace. Karolin (This used to be commit 5ba418d8bd7bd9a678853b23b0928da4f8693bcf) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml index 7f30c47d90..22971da01c 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/unixpasswordsync.xml @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed. If this is set to yes the program specified in the passwd - programparameter is called AS ROOT - + program parameter is called AS ROOT - to allow the new UNIX password to be set without access to the old UNIX password (as the SMB password change code has no access to the old password cleartext, only the new). -- cgit From 94389c97e5fa66fc91e84fdf212783b24e4a8107 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michael Adam Date: Thu, 10 Jul 2008 23:49:58 +0200 Subject: docs: fix the specified default of "password server" - it is *, not "". Michael (This used to be commit d7f759d302612ef9eb0bba022f3b3e1dd433f843) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml index 188cea88d1..0da247d27d 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/passwordserver.xml @@ -92,8 +92,7 @@ security - +* NT-PDC, NT-BDC1, NT-BDC2, * windc.mydomain.com:389 192.168.1.101 * -* -- cgit From d5ccdcce0b5627e082cf0cade2fc369a7611bcd5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Volker Lendecke Date: Fri, 11 Jul 2008 17:43:07 +0200 Subject: Revert "Slightly increase the default idmap cache time" This reverts commit 448836d44d0468a74b962ba3c0b7d51de236374f. (This used to be commit a9b29ab6b7503d6d30553a17219603a4f4cd3df9) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml index 55ead617e2..1636cdfa58 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml @@ -9,5 +9,5 @@ -604800 (i.e. 1 week) +900 -- cgit From faf1413a4d597c8a43751cae7b49f5a67ed50b0c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Christoph Zauner Date: Fri, 11 Jul 2008 15:50:25 +0200 Subject: man pages: Fix typos and add improvements. (This used to be commit 060ff6d8d4e61f3ce89f980182413852cc5719be) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml | 4 ++-- docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml | 9 +++++---- 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml index 20e1115c5f..10c4cb30a4 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml @@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ The idmap backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use varying backends to store SID/uid/gid mapping tables. This option is mutually exclusive with the newer and more flexible - parameter. The main difference + parameter. The main difference between the "idmap backend" and the "idmap domains" - is that the former only allows on backend for all domains while the + is that the former only allows one backend for all domains while the latter supports configuring backends on a per domain basis. diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml index 63b0a907a8..08297d704c 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ The idmap config prefix provides a means of managing each domain defined by the option using Samba's - parameteric option support. The idmap config prefix should be + parametric option support. The idmap config prefix should be followed by the name of the domain, a colon, and a setting specific to - the chosen backend. There are three options available for all domains: + the chosen backend. There are three options available for all domains: @@ -45,9 +45,10 @@ The following example illustrates how to configure the idmap_ad8 for the CORP domain and the idmap_tdb - 8 backend for all other domains. The - TRUSTEDDOMAINS string is simply a key used to reference the "idmap + 8 backend for all other domains. The + TRUSTEDDOMAINS string is simply an arbitrary key used to reference the "idmap config" settings and does not represent the actual name of a domain. + It is a catchall domain backend for any domain not explicitly listed. -- cgit From d616e6418db5cad4271bbe5caafdd20581574d49 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karolin Seeger Date: Tue, 22 Jul 2008 11:27:16 +0200 Subject: man pages: "printcap name" is a global parameter, not a share specific one. Karolin (This used to be commit 9cde2525560536e16e2dbf991dbeb446260dd0df) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml index 90c575f31c..f581e95693 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/printing/printcapname.xml @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -- cgit From 59e53cedcb7cf95fd1f66111c15be714f7d6b1f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Volker Lendecke Date: Thu, 17 Jul 2008 14:05:57 +0200 Subject: Document idmap rewrite (This used to be commit 4b9132e8bd1b2bc397b657ef07796f44d55f33da) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocbackend.xml | 28 +++++---- docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml | 35 +++++++++-- docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml | 67 +++++++++++----------- docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapdomains.xml | 27 --------- docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml | 5 +- docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml | 4 +- .../winbind/winbindtrusteddomainsonly.xml | 3 +- 7 files changed, 86 insertions(+), 83 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapdomains.xml (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocbackend.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocbackend.xml index 60e20b82d5..e06bcd43a8 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocbackend.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapallocbackend.xml @@ -6,18 +6,26 @@ The idmap alloc backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use - when allocating Unix uids/gids for Windows SIDs. This option is - to be used in conjunction with the - parameter and refers to the name of the idmap module which will provide - the id allocation functionality. Please refer to the man page - for each idmap plugin to determine whether or not the module implements - the allocation feature. The most common plugins are the tdb ( - idmap_tdb8) - and ldap (idmap_ldap - 8) libraries. + when allocating Unix uids/gids for Windows SIDs. This option refers + to the name of the idmap module which will provide the id allocation + functionality. Please refer to the man page for each idmap plugin to + determine whether or not the module implements the allocation feature. + The most common plugins are the tdb ( + idmap_tdb8) + and ldap (idmap_ldap + 8) libraries. - Also refer to the option. + + This parameter defaults to the value was set to, so by default winbind will allocate Unix IDs + from the default backend. You will only need to set this parameter + explicitly if you have an external source for Unix IDs, like a central + database service somewhere in your company. + + + + Also refer to the option. diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml index 10c4cb30a4..b5e86945b8 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml @@ -6,14 +6,37 @@ The idmap backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use - varying backends to store SID/uid/gid mapping tables. This - option is mutually exclusive with the newer and more flexible - parameter. The main difference - between the "idmap backend" and the "idmap domains" - is that the former only allows one backend for all domains while the - latter supports configuring backends on a per domain basis. + varying backends to store SID/uid/gid mapping tables. + + This option specifies the default backend that is used when no special + configuration set by matches the + specific request. + + + + This default backend also specifies the place where winbind-generated + idmap entries will be stored. So it is highly recommended that you + specify a writable backend like + idmap_tdb 8 + or + idmap_ldap 8 + as the idmap backend. The + idmap_rid 8 + and + idmap_ad 8 + backends are not writable and thus will generate + unexpected results if set as idmap backend. + + + + To use the rid and ad backends, please specify them via the + parameter, possibly also for the + domain your machine is member of, specified by . + + Examples of SID/uid/gid backends include tdb ( idmap_tdb8), ldap (idmap_ldap diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml index 08297d704c..b43c186dca 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml @@ -4,13 +4,14 @@ advanced="1" developer="1" hide="1" xmlns:samba="http://www.samba.org/samba/DTD/samba-doc"> + - The idmap config prefix provides a means of managing each domain - defined by the option using Samba's - parametric option support. The idmap config prefix should be - followed by the name of the domain, a colon, and a setting specific to - the chosen backend. There are three options available for all domains: + The idmap config prefix provides a means of managing each trusted + domain separately. The idmap config prefix should be followed by the + name of the domain, a colon, and a setting specific to the chosen + backend. There are three options available for all domains: + backend = backend_name @@ -21,45 +22,43 @@ - default = [yes|no] - - The default domain/backend will be used for searching for - users and groups not belonging to one of the explicitly - listed domains (matched by comparing the account SID and the - domain SID). - - + range = low - high + + Defines the available matching uid and gid range for which the + backend is authoritative. Note that the range commonly + matches the allocation range due to the fact that the same + backend will store and retrieve SID/uid/gid mapping entries. + + + winbind uses this parameter to find the backend that is + authoritative for a unix ID to SID mapping, so it must be set + for each individually configured domain, and it must be + disjoint from the ranges set via and . + - - readonly = [yes|no] - - Mark the domain as readonly which means that no attempts to - allocate a uid or gid (by the ) for any user or group in that domain - will be attempted. - The following example illustrates how to configure the - idmap_ad8 - for the CORP domain and the idmap_tdb - 8 backend for all other domains. The - TRUSTEDDOMAINS string is simply an arbitrary key used to reference the "idmap - config" settings and does not represent the actual name of a domain. - It is a catchall domain backend for any domain not explicitly listed. + idmap_ad 8 + for the CORP domain and the + idmap_tdb + 8 backend for all other + domains. This configuration assumes that the admin of CORP assigns + unix ids below 1000000 via the SFU extensions, and winbind is supposed + to use the next million entries for its own mappings from trusted + domains and for local groups for example. - idmap domains = CORP TRUSTEDDOMAINS - - idmap config CORP:backend = ad - idmap config CORP:readonly = yes + idmap backend = tdb + idmap uid = 1000000-1999999 + idmap gid = 1000000-1999999 - idmap config TRUSTEDDOMAINS:backend = tdb - idmap config TRUSTEDDOMAINS:default = yes - idmap config TRUSTEDDOMAINS:range = 1000 - 9999 + idmap config CORP : backend = ad + idmap config CORP : range = 1000-999999 diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapdomains.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapdomains.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 131b9e8167..0000000000 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapdomains.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ - - - - The idmap domains option defines a list of Windows domains which will each - have a separately configured backend for managing Winbind's SID/uid/gid - tables. This parameter is mutually exclusive with the older option. - - - - Values consist of the short domain name for Winbind's primary or collection - of trusted domains. You may also use an arbitrary string to represent a catchall - domain backend for any domain not explicitly listed. - - - - Refer to the for details about - managing the SID/uid/gid backend for each domain. - - - -default AD CORP - diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml index 28d88b51b0..ef3ae4fde1 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapgid.xml @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise. - See also the , , and options. + See also the , and + options. + diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml index de4074cfa4..2c53817375 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapuid.xml @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ range of ids should have no existing local or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise. - See also the , , and options. + See also the and + options. diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindtrusteddomainsonly.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindtrusteddomainsonly.xml index 6ca229cfe9..3b1896ffec 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindtrusteddomainsonly.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindtrusteddomainsonly.xml @@ -14,8 +14,7 @@ This parameter is now deprecated in favor of the newer idmap_nss backend. - Refer to the smb.conf option and - the idmap_nss + Refer to the idmap_nss 8 man page for more information. -- cgit From b87807d0321f3c73fa611a5ee751a9ae741db0fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Volker Lendecke Date: Fri, 18 Jul 2008 12:30:24 +0200 Subject: Make the docs actually build Thanks to Karolin for the friendly build service :-) (This used to be commit 4bfc7cb662411d245f3ad7613bec8531d9ce3a57) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml | 6 +++--- docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml | 4 ++-- 2 files changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml index b5e86945b8..824476f454 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml @@ -34,15 +34,15 @@ To use the rid and ad backends, please specify them via the parameter, possibly also for the domain your machine is member of, specified by . - + name="workgroup"/>. + Examples of SID/uid/gid backends include tdb ( idmap_tdb8), ldap (idmap_ldap 8), rid ( idmap_rid8), - and ad (idmap_tdb + and ad (idmap_ad 8). diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml index b43c186dca..f6e97b9d97 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapconfig.xml @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ authoritative for a unix ID to SID mapping, so it must be set for each individually configured domain, and it must be disjoint from the ranges set via and . - + uid"/> and . + -- cgit From 79150da70bbfddea3dc4013212fc7314b1004534 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jeremy Allison Date: Wed, 20 Aug 2008 16:24:22 -0700 Subject: Here is a re-working of the winbindd reconnect code to cope with rebooting a DC. This replaces the code I asked Volker to revert. The logic is pretty simple. It adds a new parameter, "winbind reconnect delay", set to 30 seconds by default, which determines how long to wait between connection attempts. To avoid overwhelming the box with DC-probe forked children, the code now keeps track of the DC probe child per winbindd_domain struct and only starts a new one if the existing one has died. I also added a little logic to make sure the dc probe child always sends a message whatever the reason for exit so we will always reschedule another connect attempt. Also added documentation. Jeremy. (This used to be commit 8027197635b988b3dcf9d3d00126a024e768fa62) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindreconnectdelay.xml | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindreconnectdelay.xml (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindreconnectdelay.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindreconnectdelay.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2da263e5ce --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/winbindreconnectdelay.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + This parameter specifies the number of + seconds the winbindd + 8 daemon will wait between + attempts to contact a Domain controller for a domain that is + determined to be down or not contactable. + + +30 + -- cgit From d5fa943cbd6fa4366cdd9c35defeb523f8a217f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karolin Seeger Date: Fri, 22 Aug 2008 11:04:16 +0200 Subject: manpages: Add manpage for "init logon delay". Karolin (This used to be commit fc5010e6d988939779bcb44e8a460b7b05e7ba9a) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelay.xml | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelay.xml (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelay.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelay.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..de8b19ecf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelay.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + This parameter specifies a delay in milliseconds for the hosts configured + for delayed initial samlogon with + . + + + +100 + -- cgit From 981431fb93f106fd05c6ec2d171c9cb3e97a8ae3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karolin Seeger Date: Fri, 22 Aug 2008 11:04:49 +0200 Subject: manpages: Add manpage for "init logon delayed hosts". Karolin (This used to be commit a415244365e32ba18919042ec72b3a281d8c1b0a) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelayedhosts.xml | 21 +++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+) create mode 100644 docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelayedhosts.xml (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelayedhosts.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelayedhosts.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2756a63ef9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/logon/initlogondelayedhosts.xml @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + + This parameter takes a list of host names, addresses or networks for + which the initial samlogon reply should be delayed (so other DCs get + preferred by XP workstations if there are any). + + + + The length of the delay can be specified with the + parameter. + + + + +150.203.5. myhost.mynet.de + -- cgit From c529cd153fe7eaffa194362cf338cfa2e8d3af0d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Volker Lendecke Date: Fri, 15 Aug 2008 18:24:09 +0200 Subject: Increase the default positive idmap cache time to a week (This used to be commit 60af63675063ad62c0169b9f2094ecfdaa7ca16d) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml index 1636cdfa58..ba526100fc 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapcachetime.xml @@ -9,5 +9,5 @@ -900 +604800 (one week) -- cgit From d4818c70eb1275e532df0e6882bb761335d2dba2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jeremy Allison Date: Thu, 28 Aug 2008 16:06:23 -0700 Subject: Clarify usage of "force create mode". Jeremy. (This used to be commit 1d252ffd313e0cd6fcb3d7cb2c99f2daf56728c1) --- docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml | 17 ++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs-xml/smbdotconf') diff --git a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml index 8a6449fe21..a3f1c2c105 100644 --- a/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml +++ b/docs-xml/smbdotconf/security/forcecreatemode.xml @@ -2,17 +2,16 @@ context="S" xmlns:samba="http://www.samba.org/samba/DTD/samba-doc"> - This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit - permissions that will always be set on a - file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto - the mode bits of a file that is being created or having its - permissions changed. The default for this parameter is (in octal) - 000. The modes in this parameter are bitwise 'OR'ed onto the file - mode after the mask set in the create mask + This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit + permissions that will always be set on a + file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto + the mode bits of a file that is being created. The default for this parameter is (in octal) + 000. The modes in this parameter are bitwise 'OR'ed onto the file + mode after the mask set in the create mask parameter is applied. - The example below would force all created files to have read and execute - permissions set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the + The example below would force all newly created files to have read and execute + permissions set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'. -- cgit